The Gift of Silence

What if your adventure buddy enables an eating disorder?

Ilana Nevins and her father, Howard, finish the first day of their Rim to Rim to Rim hike in the Grand Canyon (Photo courtesy Ilana and Howard Nevins)

Season 6 | Episode 10

Ilana Nevins loved backpacking with her father. But after she was diagnosed with an eating disorder, their relationship became strained. She worried that hiking together would put her recovery at risk, because so many of her behaviors were modeled after him.

In this episode, Ilana shares the story of the difficult challenge she faced: how to prioritize her own wellbeing without wrecking her relationship with a loved one.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    DENIS BULICHENKO: My name is Denis Bulichenko. Everything started in 2015 when I moved to Italy. And I moved from a relatively flat area. Well, so the mountains were like really, really exciting thing for me. 

    WILLOW BELDEN: So Denis starts hiking. A lot. And he takes his daughter with him.

    DENIS: She was small back then. But she also was kind of really curious, asking me all the time, “What’s the name of that mountain?”

    WILLOW: What’s the name of that mountain? It’s something we ask ourselves a lot, if we spend time in the backcountry. And Denis wanted an easy way to answer it. So, he created an app.

    That app became PeakVisor, which is our presenting sponsor this season.

    If you want to know what mountains you’re looking at when you’re out on adventures, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    This is our last episode before we take a break for the rest of the summer. My team has been working really hard, and we all need some time off. I don’t know exactly what our production schedule will look like this fall and winter. But if you sign up for our email newsletter, you’ll be the first to know when we have new episodes ready. Just click the link in the episode description. You can also follow us on facebook and instagram @outtherepodcast.

    Our lives are defined by relationships. Friends, parents, spouses — they make us who we are. And they make our lives worth living. 

    But what happens when being around a loved one starts to feel unhealthy? What if spending time together threatens your well-being?

    Today’s story takes us from the High Sierras to the Grand Canyon, and explores what happens when your adventure buddy ends up being an enabler. It’s episode 10 of our series on silence.

    Ilana Nevins has the story. And just so you know, this episode discusses eating disorders.

    ILANA NEVINS: When I was nine, my dad took me on my first backpacking trip. 

    HOWARD NEVINS: Oh my God, that's a long time ago. I had taken you on a lot of hikes before that forced you on a lot of hikes.

    ILANA: But this was our first backpacking trip. My dad taught me how to cross streams, throw a knife into a tree, put up a tent, set up a camping stove, and make Jiffy Pop over a fire. I felt so brave and accomplished. 

    HOWARD: I was highly motivated to get you out there, so I wanted you to be happy and not miserable so that you would continue. And it worked.

    ILANA: The night we were out on the trail, the temperature dropped to freezing. It got so cold that our water bottle froze solid. I thought it was one of the coolest things ever. I was totally hooked. So from then on, every summer we went on a backpacking trip. And each year the hikes got more challenging, the views more dramatic. Like the time we hiked Mount Whitney. 

    HOWARD: You were a beast. You were 16, just 16. And you know, it's 22 miles round trip. We started at like 3:30, four in the morning with headlamps. And I've done Whitney six times, and that was probably the hardest conditions each time 'cause of the wind. It was like 40-mile-an-hour winds at the top. It was freezing. And you were just driven. 

    ILANA: When we'd get home, my dad would tell people about our trips. He loved hearing other people say, “Wow, your daughter goes with you?" He got to say that not only when I was a nine-year-old, but when I was a teenager, a college student, an adult.

    There are so many things we both loved about these trips. We loved the beautiful views, of course, but we also loved having a chance to disconnect from regular life. Getting up in the morning and knowing that the only thing we had to do that day was hike. We'd spend hours researching peaks and passes. We'd look for the most beautiful and remote views we could hike to. 

    There is something else we both love too, or at least I loved it. For me, these trips were a chance to eat and exercise with abandon. And that felt great.

    At home, my dad and I are both really careful about what we ate. My dad liked to say, “Your body is a Ferrari, so you want to put the best fuel in it. You can't be putting crap into a well-oiled machine.” I took that to heart. I ate salads for lunch and dinner. And if I went out for a meal, I made sure to exercise more.

    But when we were backpacking, I didn't need to focus on food. We were hiking all day, which meant I earned everything I ate. Not only that, but when you're going ultra light, you just don't bring that much food. Or at least we didn't. 

    One year we really underestimated. We stopped halfway up a set of switchbacks that were just grueling. My dad pulled out our sad bag of snacks and split our one remaining mango slice in half. Then he divided up the almonds, and we each got a pitiful handful.

    To me, this was all part of the challenge. I liked this aspect of backpacking. When I'd return home after each of these trips, I was leaner and tanner. Other people were envious of that, and I'd feel so good about myself.

    But the hit of feeling so good about myself was always short-lived. I'd go home and become fixated on food. And on my body. As the years went on, it became all consuming. I would restrict food so intensely during the week and exercise obsessively, and then I would completely lose control on the weekends.

    Sundays were the worst. I would secretly eat to the point of stomach pain, and at night I'd be consumed with shame. On Monday morning, I'd get up, promising myself it'd be different, but it never was. It was a horrible, inescapable cycle.

    It finally reached a point where I knew I just couldn't go on this way. So I moved across the country. For some reason, I thought being somewhere new would magically fix everything.

    When I first moved to DC it was winter, Trump had just been sworn in, and I had no friends outside of my colleagues. I was so lonely, and the world felt so out of my control. So I turned to the place I often did to get control: restricting my food.

    I started Whole 30, which branded itself as a reset on life in 30 days. It's a diet that emphasizes whole foods and eliminates basically everything else. It was the most restrictive diet I'd ever explicitly chosen. At the end of it, I binged. I remember standing in the kitchen with the cabinets open and feeling entirely out of control.

    The next day I did two things. I signed up for a 50K race, and I found a therapist specializing in eating disorders. I did both of these during the workday and then went to a spin class before going to a friend's for dinner. I'd already run that morning, but I knew I needed to exercise more if I was going to eat out. 

    Walking home after dinner, I fixated on my two options. I could either continue to outrun myself or I could stop, sit down and face my problems.

    I never ended up running that race, but I did go to a therapist. The first appointment, I went in and just sat on her couch and cried for an hour. She told me I had anorexia nervosa and bulimia. 

    Part of me thought that was ridiculous. I wasn't even that skinny. I binged on sweets, in secret of course, so obviously I wasn't starving myself. And I had such a low heart rate, which is healthy, right? My dad's heart rate was low just like mine because of his long distance running. So how could I have a problem?

    But another part of me felt immediately relieved. I felt like I could do something with this label. Because of course I had a problem. And now someone had validated that, and they could help. 

    And another part of me felt deep fear. My therapist said recovery takes years. It isn't even something that's ever really over. You're just in recovery forever.

    She also told me that if I didn't address my eating disorder, I could die from it. Literally die. It's really scary to have someone tell you that, but it was what I needed to hear. I left that first appointment committed to starting recovery.

    When I finally told my parents about my diagnosis, their reactions were mixed. It was their first time visiting me in DC, and we sat outside at a Mexican restaurant. They thought I was leading such a healthy lifestyle, so they were confused. It didn't make sense. 

    They asked how long it would take. They asked how much it would cost. They asked what it would even look like. I had no idea. I cried through the rest of dinner. 

    I remember saying to my dad, “I feel like you'd love me more if I was 10 pounds less and love me less if I was 10 pounds more.” 

    And he hesitated before saying, “No.” 

    That moment really destroyed me.

    The start of recovery was miserable. I worked with my therapist and a nutritionist to create a meal plan that increased my calories and variety of foods. We also created a plan to cut down on exercise. 

    Sticking to the meal plan and to the exercise plan was virtually impossible. I'd get to an appointment already filled with shame, embarrassed that I couldn't do something as simple as eat a bagel with cream cheese for breakfast. 

    I hated myself. I wasn't allowed to do the things that normally calm me down, like over-exercise, and so my eating-disordered voice just got louder. It would tell me I was disgusting, gross, unlovable, a failure, But I had no easy escape. So I did the best I could and tried to stick to the recovery plan.

    As I started to fall into a rhythm with my recovery, I found myself getting angry at my dad. Really angry. I blamed him for my eating disorder, because I was modeling so many of my behaviors after him. My obsession with exercise I learned from him. My obsession with pushing myself I learned from him. My obsession with healthy eating I learned from him.

    So when we started planning our next backpacking trip, I was scared. I was worried that going on a big hike with my dad would derail my recovery. For me and many people who suffer from eating disorders, exercise can feel like a drug. It numbs you out, calms you down, offers an escape. But then you need more of it. And if you get another hit of it, it's really hard to stop again. I worried that going backpacking with my dad would destroy all the hard work I was doing to get better.

    We did end up going on a trip together that year, but it wasn't a lot of fun. I was so uncomfortable with my body. I was eating more, and as a result, my body was changing. I knew it had to change, but I hated it. I felt disgust and shame about the way I looked, especially around my dad. Here I was making all these changes, and he was staying the same. 

    It felt like we weren't in it together anymore. And not just that, we were actively butting heads. I would call out his behavior. Why did he need to always say he was earning his meals? Why did he need to exercise every day? Why did he get so stressed out about going out to dinner?

    He would get so defensive. He said these actions didn't mean anything. It was just what he liked.

    “Stop over-analyzing me,” he’d say. “I'm fine.” 

    The conversations would end abruptly, and we'd walk on in silence. I felt sure he had an eating disorder just like I did, and I wanted him to change too. But he didn't.

    The next few years felt even harder and deeply conflicting. On one hand, I secretly welcomed our backpacking trips, because it felt like an escape from recovery. Recovery was so hard, so any chance to sneak back into my eating disorder was a relief. But on the other hand, being with my dad was triggering.

    HOWARD: It was hard for you to be with me, or around me, or you know, 'cause I was a reminder, if nothing else, of your hardships. 

    ILANA: He would say the wrong thing, comment on what I ate or how I looked. Often, it was my fault. I'd ask if I look different, and he'd gesture at one part of my body or another and say,
    “You look a little bigger here.”

    HOWARD: I mean, I have a loose mouth, tongue sometimes, and I always seemed to say the wrong thing. And I was trying to navigate that with you and still be natural. And it wasn't that easy. And you were always there to tell me what I was screwing up. You were hurt, or you were mad at me, and probably resentful a little bit to me.

    ILANA: Those years just felt darker. There was less joy.

    HOWARD: You know, it was just a little harder. It was just not as natural. You know, you had to think before you talked a little bit.

    ILANA: And outside of backpacking, the discomfort was creeping into our relationship too. We used to talk on the phone every day. We’d chat about our exercise and rehash past trips. But now I was reaching out less. 

    The distance felt necessary but horrible. My dad was the person I used to call for support or advice. We'd talk when I was bored on a walk or when I wanted comfort. But this distance felt especially sharp. It hit me like a twisted homesickness. And I could see how much pain it was causing him. It felt like prioritizing my physical and mental health was wrecking our relationship. But I couldn't see any other option. That is, until this year.

    This past year we did something different. Rather than head back into the high Sierras like the past 20 years, we went to the Grand Canyon to hike the Rim to Rim. The Rim to Rim is a daunting hike. You start from either the north or south rim, you hike down into the canyon, cross the river, and climb up the other rim. It's a 24-mile day with over 14,000 feet of elevation change. That's almost half the height of Mount Everest. 

    So when my dad called me to say he wanted to do this, I was immediately worried it would put my recovery at risk. But also, he's getting older, and we only have so many more years to attempt such big adventures. So I said yes. 

    HOWARD: I was just so, I guess impressed when I said, “Do you want to do it?” — and you booked a flight like that. And I was like, ‘God, this girl’s got, you know, chutzpah. She's ready to go. This is great.’

    ILANA: Well, I felt like I got a little bit of pressure.

    Our first morning at the Grand Canyon, we got up at 3 a.m. to hike down from the North Rim. The first miles were pitch black. We had to hike down slowly because of all the rocks and roots on the trail. Down below, we saw hikers that started earlier than us making their way into the canyon. We could only see their headlamps. It was like we were looking down at little stars in the night sky.

    We hiked down the rim and then across the floor of the canyon. 

    At lunchtime, we stopped at Phantom Ranch. Phantom Ranch is such a special place in the canyon. It's a little oasis with a dining hall, canteen and cabins. The only way there is by foot or horseback, and its meal was delivered by mule. My dad and I both got a real kick out of that and mailed postcards home.

    I also got a lemonade from the canteen. It was sticky and sweet and cold and refreshing. I took it out to a picnic table by the river and drank the whole thing right away. And then I got a refill. And another refill. 

    I offered my dad a drink. He took one sip and said that was enough.

    I thought about saying something about it, but I stopped myself. All those years of calling him out hadn't accomplished anything. I hadn't gotten him to change. I hadn't even gotten him to admit he had a problem. And arguing about it was exhausting for both of us. So this time I kept my mouth shut. I just sat there sipping my lemonade, as we ate our sandwiches side by side.

    And to my surprise, my dad also kept quiet. Maybe he was judging me for drinking three sugary beverages in a row, but if so, he didn't tell me. And that silence was a gift.

    Then we continued hiking. It was afternoon by now, and the shadow started to slant on the canyon above us.

    HOWARD: We had those moments where you're just kind of floating a little bit. You're in the zone, and it was beautiful, and we're together, and it was magical.

    ILANA: As we made our way up, each switchback felt new and exciting. The canyon was stretched out behind us, and the colors were so vibrant. The dirt was a deep red clay, and there were bright green shrubs popping up everywhere. And the roaring Colorado River shrank until it was a little tiny burst of blue.

    HOWARD: I've never seen you that happy, or just joyful, and so present. You didn't have the clutter in your head. And I think you were very mindful of me, very considerate of me the whole trip. Maybe you think I'm an old person, like, “Oh, I gotta make sure he's okay.” But you were considerate all the way through and I'm always, I think, considerate of you.

    ILANA: When we made it to the top of the South Rim, we were exhausted. We lay down on the cool concrete and drank water. Tourists came up to us and asked where we hiked from. My dad began giving them the rundown, spewing data about when we got started, how many miles, what the elevation change was. And I zoned out a bit. I didn’t really want to talk, but I knew it made my dad happy, and I was enjoying just resting in the late afternoon sun. 

    We celebrated with warm showers and a meal out. In the past, meals like this would probably have been tense, but this time was different. We still didn't approach the meal the same way. I gobbled down everything on my plate, whereas my dad ate about one fry and then said he was full. But I didn't say anything, and neither did he. It was a tiny silence, but it also felt like everything.

    The next morning, we got up and hiked back through the canyon to the North Rim. It was another perfect day with my dad. 

    HOWARD: It was just a joy. I mean, you know, to have your daughter happy, oh my God. Happy and enjoying yourself. You were just so, I mean, that was beaming type of joy.

    ILANA: Since the trip, our phone calls feel different. Our tone with each other has shifted. We're kinder and more gentle with how we talk to each other. Neither of us is looking for a fight. We found joy in shared adventure again, and I think we're both relieved.

    My dad called me up a month ago to say he wants to go to Alaska or maybe Glacier National Park for our next trip. He wants to do some day hikes there, or go fishing. He's getting older, he reminds me again. I don't hesitate this time when I say, “Let's go.”

    So do you think you do have an eating disorder? 

    HOWARD: No. [Laughs] As much as you want me to, I don't. I have, I have comfort foods that I like. Probably 'cause I'm headstrong, a little bit. I think, you know, I don't think I do. You know, I think I have a healthy, I really enjoy foods. And I have a good, I think, I like the relationship I have with foods. Yes, I have, I am rigid. I know that. I have rigidity. But I have a lot of good habits too. They're probably just habits.

    ILANA: My dad and I might always disagree on things. I don't think that food rationing is inevitable when backpacking. And I don't think we need to hike 20 miles a day to earn our lunch. My dad might not feel the same. And that mismatch means that there's a level of closeness that we will never regain in our trips. Our relationship will never be the same as it was before I began my recovery. But that doesn't mean we can't have a good relationship and a strong one.

    HOWARD: Your recovery is something that is always going to be with us, and that's okay. I'm really proud of you. It was hard. It was a real turning point in your life, and you really responded. So I'm really, really proud of you. I don't know that I could have done that, what you went through.

    ILANA: Recovery was something that I chose and he didn't. And for a long time I wasn't okay with that. But by this point I've mostly made peace with it. We can have a relationship where silence gives us both space so we can make our own choices. I don't need his approval. And he doesn't need mine. Instead, we can just sit side by side and enjoy the view together.

    WILLOW: That was Ilana Nevins. She’s an audio producer, editor and marketer living in Washington DC. You can see more of her work at ilananevins.com.

    If you or someone you know is suffering from an eating disorder, head over to our website, outtherepodcast.com, and click on this episode. We have links to some resources that might be helpful.

    As I mentioned at the top of the episode, my team and I have worked really, really hard this past year. And we all need some time to recharge. So we’re taking a break for the rest of the summer. I don’t know exactly when our next season will launch. But if you’d like to stay in the loop about that, sign up for our email newsletter. Just click the link in the episode description. You can also follow us on Facebook and Instagram @outtherepodcast.

    I’d like to give a big shout-out to our presenting sponsor, PeakVisor.

    PeakVisor is a navigation app that helps you make the most of your time in the mountains. You can use their 3D maps to plan out your hikes. When you’re out on adventures, the app will help you identify the mountains you’re seeing. And if you want to keep track of your accomplishments, there’s a peak-bagging feature.

    PeakVisor has been our sponsor all season. And in fact, they’ve been supporting Out There for years. Which means a lot to a small, independent podcast like us. If you’d like to show them some love — and be a superhero of outdoor navigation — check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Today’s story was written and narrated by Ilana Nevins. Story editing and sound design by me, Willow Belden. And special thanks to Emily Vaughn for production assistance.

    Out There’s audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our interns this season were Katie Reuther and Maria Ordovas-Montanes. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold. 

    Special thanks to all our listeners who are supporting Out There with financial contributions, including Eric Biederman, Doug Frick, Sue and Gary Peters, Deb and Vince Garcia, and the family of Mike Ludders. I couldn’t do this without you.

    We’ll see you after the break. And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Credits

  • Story by Ilana Nevins

  • Story editing and sound design by Willow Belden

  • Production assistance from Emily Vaughn

  • Music includes works from Blue Dot Sessions

Links

Eating Disorder Resources

 
 

This episode sponsored by PeakVisor

 

Running As Medicine

How a 55-mile run brought about a life-altering diagnosis

Maria Ordovas-Montanes does a 30-mile practice run ahead of her fkt attempt on the oxford green belt way. (PHoto by Maria Ordovas-Montanes)

Season 6 | Episode 9

In May of 2022, Maria Ordovas-Montanes set out to become the fastest woman to run the Oxford Green Belt Way, a 55-mile route through the English countryside.

She had always loved running, and this was an exciting challenge. But at the event, something happened that would derail her life — and lead to a shocking discovery.

On this episode, Maria shares her story.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    WILLOW BELDEN: Alright, I am out for a bike ride, and I’m in a spot here where I can see three different mountain ranges. And I only know what one of them is.

    Does that sound familiar? It happens to me a lot. I’ll be out for a hike or a bike ride, and I’ll find myself wondering what mountains I’m looking at. 

    This is where an app called PeakVisor comes in handy. PeakVisor is our presenting sponsor this season. Their app helps you identify mountains and plan adventures.

    If you’d like to be a superhero of outdoor navigation, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    There’s this thing that scientists do, when they’re studying genes. If they want to figure out what a specific gene does, they’ll remove it. Then they observe what happens. Does the organism grow more slowly? Is it susceptible to disease? These so-called “knockout experiments” help us understand what a gene does. 

    Scientists study this in laboratories. But the concept can apply to our everyday lives, as well. Today’s story is about what happens when a key part of your identity is taken away. It’s episode nine of our season on silence. Maria Ordovas-Montanes has the story. And just so you know, this episode mentions suicidal thoughts. 

    When I discovered the Oxford Green Belt Way, it was kind of by accident. I was living in England and looking for new places to run. So I scrolled around a map of Oxford. And something caught my eye: a path labeled Oxford Green Belt Way.

    It turned out to be a long-distance loop that went through woods, farmland, and residential neighborhoods. It even followed the well-known Thames Path for a bit. The route was nearly 55 miles long.

    Then, I stumbled across the Fastest Known Time page for the Green Belt, and it turned my route-finding from an ordinary planning session to something more.

    Fastest Known Times — or FKTs — are just what they sound like. They’re the record for doing a route the fastest. The Green Belt already had four times listed for men, but the women’s section was blank. This meant that the first female to complete it could do it in any number of hours, and that would be the female FKT. 

    I wondered if it could be me. I’d never raced anything longer than a half marathon, and the Green Belt was over two marathons long. But I loved being outside, pushing myself. And after the academic challenge of defending my PhD, I was craving another challenge — a physical one.

    Exercise, especially running, had been important to me for a long time. As a grad student, I’d run five times a week: Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Saturday, and Sunday. It didn’t matter if it was raining. Those were my running days. Going to conferences or vacations, I’d map out routes in advance and bring my running shoes. I’d get up in the dark so I could get a run in before seminars or sightseeing.

    On a daily basis, running energized me. And in the longer term, it gave me a sense of achievement. I could set goals, train consistently, and see the results.

    It was September 2021 when I first found the Oxford Green Belt Way. And a few hours later, I was already thinking about logistics. How long would I need to train to run over 50 miles? Half a year? I felt like I was racing against a clock. Another woman could post a time before me. I made some calculations and circled May 28th for my FKT attempt.

    I found a coach and started training. Over the months, I ran 30-mile weeks, then 40, then 50. 

    Fifty miles in a week. That’s a lot by most people’s standards, and I would have to cover that distance in a day.

    A month before the FKT, I did a 30-mile practice run which also served as a dress rehearsal for some of my support crew. I wanted to make sure my aid stations, where I could refuel, were set up in optimal locations. And I also wanted to test my legs. 

    It went really well. I kept a steady pace, and by the time I got to the day’s finish line, I had lots of energy left. I thought this was a good sign. My body wanted to keep running after 30 miles.      

    Leading up to the FKT day, I was doing just as many logistical preparations as physical training. I sent my support crew members a 50-slide PDF with diagrams that outlined each transition of the day: which support car had to pick up each friend that would be helping, where my supplies would be, and which backup locations to use if the primary aid station was blocked off. I now fully understand why people pay to attend organized races.

    The day before the attempt, my coach sent me a motivational email. One line stayed with me. “The training is the test,” he wrote. “The event is the celebration.” 

    This is exactly what I was thinking about as I was jogging and power-walking the first mile of the Oxford Green Belt Way. Today is the celebration! The celebratory glee powered me up the steepest hill of the route.

    But at some point after mile 20, my left knee started hurting. In my training runs, I had brief pains come and go, but this was different. It wasn’t terrible, but it was constant. I stopped running, and power-walked the next few miles. 

    Eventually, I arrive at the mile 30 aid station, where I had ended my practice run. A month ago I felt like I had boundless energy, but today I feel slow, and my knee is hurting. And I still have about 25 miles left. But I’m hoping the knee pain will pass and I’ll start running again. I keep going.

    “Every step is a new personal record!” a support crew member shouts. She’s referring to how I’ve never covered more than 30 miles in a day. 

    Over 40 miles in, I start crying. It’s getting dark. And the trail is getting rough. There are thick stalks of rapeseed that go up to my waist, and I am stomping them down, cursing the farmer who did not maintain this footpath.

    An hour later, stinging nettles get added to the mix. It’s completely dark, and I can only see within the cone of light from my head torch.

    About two miles from the finish, I stop as the sharpest pain of the whole day hits me. I’ve never felt agonizing pain like this. 

    After a long rest, I waddle forward, trying not to bend my knee more than I have to.

    A friend is with me at this point, which is common for ultra marathons. So-called “pacers” will run with you for part of the event. They provide company and motivation when it gets tough. But even my pacer’s enthusiasm doesn’t propel me forward.

    We’re going so slowly that I’m not generating much body heat. I’m wearing my extra layers, including the jacket I prepared for after the event. My pacer shivers and jogs in place each time I need to pause. I feel guilty for making him wait, and I’m thinking about the patience of my remaining support crew member. She’s waiting for us in the next village, and I cannot give her an estimated arrival time. 

    My pacer hands me an ibuprofen tablet as I wonder whether to head to the finish line or the hospital.

    Thanks to the pain relief, I do end up finishing. But it’s not what I hoped for. I had imagined feeling triumphant at the finish. I envisioned celebrating with my whole support crew. But it’s the middle of the night. Completing the route took me four hours longer than I expected, and at the finish, it’s just me, two sleep-deprived team members, and people on the other side of the parking lot waiting for the two a.m. bus. 

    The next day, with my legs supported by multiple pillows, I wrote my submission for the FKT website. To get listed for the Fastest Known Time, you have to send in GPS tracking information, photos, and an overview of the day. The editors study these to verify your results. 

    I felt bittersweet. Yes, I met the goal to be the first female. But I didn’t finish strong and proud. Part of me was embarrassed for people to see it took me 17 hours and 51 minutes. That’s double some of the men’s times.

    It’s well known that ultra runners need a break after a big event. Non-professional athletes usually take several weeks off and gradually return to training. But for me, several weeks wasn’t enough to recover. 

    A month after the FKT, my knee still hurt, so I booked a physical therapy appointment. That seemed to help. But by the time my knee recovered, another problem had come up. This time it was my left hip. 

    Months later, I still couldn’t run. Not the way I was used to, anyway. My physical therapist set up a very cautious running and walking schedule. I would follow it for a few weeks, and then things would get worse, and I’d be back to zero. Some weeks were so bad I could barely walk.

    If you've ever had an injury or pain that keeps you from doing what you love, you know how frustrating it is. You're fidgety, restless, and you can't wait to get back to normal. But for me, there was more to the story. The longer I was away from exercise, the more I struggled mentally. And that ended up having huge ripple effects for my life.

    It was like I had taken off noise-canceling headphones. Before the FKT, life had been relatively quiet. I could focus and be productive. I made logical transitions between thoughts. And it felt like my life was moving forward. 

    But now, everything seemed much louder. A chaotic parade of thoughts crowded my mind. What’s in the refrigerator? I need to buy carrots if I want to make that recipe. What’s that noise? The deadline is Friday. Have they replied to my email yet? Ugh, I can feel my clothing tag. Where did I leave my notebook? There is one stray hair on my face and I cannot think of anything else.

    It was relentless. I couldn’t find silence or space to think. It was like there was an endless marching band going by, but each section was playing a different song, and a lot of the instruments were way out of tune.

    With this cacophony in my head, simple tasks felt unmanageable. My brain felt slower. Getting a new work assignment felt like navigating through a fog. Or going to look something up, I’d get distracted and forget what I was trying to do. This happened over and over. 

    I also had trouble focusing. Or at least, trouble focusing on what I WANTED to focus on. I’d be working on something, and then a new email would pop up, and I’d get sidetracked with that for hours and forget about what I was supposed to be doing. 

    And to make everything worse, I had no way to relax. I was restless all the time. It was like my mind was a pinball machine. I’d start watching a movie, but I’d get bored instantly. So I’d switch to reading a book. But that would be boring too. And so I’d just keep bouncing from one thing to the next, over and over and over again. 

    Nothing was satisfying. Nothing helped me unwind or recharge. Nothing could quiet the noise in my head. The longer this went on, the more unbearable it was. 

    Over time, I got depressed. Really depressed. A dark emptiness crept in. My emotions went numb. Everything seemed hopeless. It was awful.

    Five months after the FKT, it had gotten so bad that I was feeling suicidal. On a regular basis. The world seemed so loud. So dark. So out of my control. I couldn’t imagine how I was supposed to keep living like this.

    A few days after I turned 30, my dad helped me find a psychiatrist who could see me the next day. This wasn’t my first time seeing a mental health professional. I’d been diagnosed with anxiety and depression, and I had tried various treatments. But nothing was helping. I was hoping the psychiatrist might have a new idea. 

    After speaking for ninety minutes, the psychiatrist agrees with the anxiety and depression diagnoses, but he isn’t saying anything new, and I feel like it’s been a waste of time. Then he pauses and starts carefully choosing his words.

    “Excuse me for saying this,” he says. “I don’t mean to be rude, but I think you might want to consider an autism assessment.” 

    At first, I don’t understand. Autism? Me? I never acted out in school. What is he thinking? 

    But then he starts describing more subtle traits that can indicate autism. For example, intolerance to hearing people chew, sniffle, and other noises. Or sensitivities with smell and touch. These things fit me to a T. It’s as if he had read my mind. 

    He continues to speak, but my brain can’t hear everything he’s saying. I’m trying so hard to listen, but I jump to thinking of stereotypical presentations of autism, like boys obsessed with trains or math. I panic. If he’s right, I can’t have anyone know I might be autistic or I will be ostracized. 

    At first, getting an autism assessment felt like the last thing I wanted to do. I didn’t want to be labeled with another problem. On top of that, the National Health Service waitlist for an autism assessment is three years.

    But my curiosity gets the better of me, and I start researching autism. I find a lot of medical websites, but also personal stories. I read article after article from people who were diagnosed as adults. And reading their stories, my own life starts to make more sense.

    One of the first things that clicks with me is about eye contact. For me, eye contact feels invasive, like someone is revealing all their secrets in their gaze. I always thought that everyone felt this way, and we were all forcing ourselves to do it out of politeness. But it turns out this is an autistic trait. I also thought most people prepared for social interactions by rehearsing conversations in their head. That is another trait shared by many autistic people.

    The more I learned about autism, the more it seemed to describe me. It explained the challenges I’d had since childhood. But it also shone a light on some of the things I love about myself. For example, autistic people are often really good at coming up with out-of-the-box ideas. That’s true for me. And they’re visual thinkers. Again, totally me. 

    I started feeling a sense of community in late-diagnosis blogs and forums. And I was eager to get an official assessment. I could not wait three years for this label I now wanted so badly. So I found a private clinic that could see me within a few months. 

    Leading up to my assessment, I kept researching neurodivergence. And I came across stories of people who identified not just as autistic, but also as ADHD. It felt like these narratives described the tug-of-war in my brain. I struggle with crippling anxiety related to change, but I also need novelty or I get bored. I feel constant, draining fatigue, but I cannot sit still. I have an exceptional long-term memory but struggle with short-term memory. 

    Eventually, I get my autism diagnosis. And when I do, my emotions are all over the place. It’s frustrating to know that I am an outlier compared to the majority. And I feel grief that it took me so long to get identified as neurodivergent. But I also feel relief and validation. Finally, I know why I’m struggling. It’s part of my neurology. 

    Later that month, I apply for an ADHD assessment. The waitlist is two years long. I’m still waiting.

    The autism diagnosis explained a lot. But it didn’t quiet the noise in my head. Life didn’t magically become easier. And of course, I still couldn’t run. I had no way to release the build-up of energy and emotions. So I started looking for someone who could help me. 

    MAAYA HITOMI: I’m Maaya Hitomi, and I am an ADHD coach and academic strategist. 

    MARIA: Maaya is a psychologist who works with neurodivergent clients. I signed up for sessions with her. And right away, it was like she was seeing into my brain. Not just about neurodivergence, but also about exercise.

    MAAYA: Does your reaction to losing exercise surprise me? No. In part, this is because my own background, right, is that as a swimmer, as a current triathlete, things like that, I rely on exercise. I, like, I wake up in a cold sweat from dreams that I can't exercise for long periods of time or ever again. It is, it is one of the things that I fear.

    MARIA: Maaya identifies as ADHD and autistic and is also an athlete. So it was comforting to talk to her. But even more importantly, she helped me understand something crucial about myself. Something I hadn’t figured out in all my research about neurodivergence. And that understanding has been eye opening.

    I had been trying to figure out why I fell apart when I did. What was it about not being able to exercise that caused me to unravel?

    Maaya explained that exercise can be a really big deal for neurodivergent people, for a few main reasons. First, it provides routine. 

    MAAYA: Having a routine is something that is really helpful for a lot of autistic people, because it is a repetitive behavior that you can do over and over with the same or similar results. And you can kind of get a feel for it, right? 

    MARIA: This made sense. Routine has always been important to me. 

    One time, I was with a group of students, waiting for a seminar to start. A friend was looking for a climbing partner. He asked me if I was going to the gym tonight, and I said, “No, I go on Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays.” Then another friend chimed in. 

    “Routine is Maria’s middle name,” she said. 

    They laughed, and I joined them a few seconds late. I didn’t quite get the joke. Consistency felt like something to applaud, not laugh at. Now, here was Maaya, telling me that this kind of structure was part of what kept my life on track.

    So, it makes sense that losing routine would be hard. 

    The second reason Maaya told me exercise is so helpful has to do with identity. Neurodivergent people can thrive on special interests, which are like intense hobbies that help us cope and give our lives meaning. 

    MAAYA: You found something that was a special interest for you. That you, it fills this need, fills your cup, in some very meaningful way, that you have trouble disengaging from. 

    This is a common thing for autistic people, generally, is that they have — we have — these, like, very bright, shiny interests that can last for months, years, our entire lives, that can feel almost all consuming and give us a sense of that identity. 

    MARIA: The loss of identity I’ve had while not exercising is real. At one point last year, I was filling out a health questionnaire, and they asked how much cardiovascular activity I get every week. The form only let me input numbers. I desperately wanted to tell them that I was an ultrarunner, but I can’t exercise now. That wasn’t an option. Instead, I had to type in zero minutes. I felt gutted, like I was stripped of my identity as an athlete.   

    But it was the final thing Maaya said that floored me. 

    MAAYA: For me, the difference between exercising and not exercising is honestly very similar to taking medication and not taking medication for my ADHD. That it regulates me in such a major way that I am far more likely to have a meltdown, I’m far more likely to be very emotional, I'm far more likely to be distracted, and all of those things, if I don't exercise. 

    Exercise isn't just like a nicety for me. It is medication for me. 

    And that is, like, I don't know if that's true for everybody, but I do think that it's probably true for a fair number of ADHD or autistic people.

    MARIA: Exercise is like medication. This was mind blowing.

    Maaya went on to explain the science. The way it works is that physical activity boosts levels of neurotransmitters like norepinephrine and dopamine. These neurotransmitters help us focus, think, and stay motivated. 

    This is true for everyone. We all get a dopamine boost when we work out. But for neurodivergent brains, it can be more important. That’s because a lot of neurodivergent people have lower levels of these neurotransmitters to begin with.  

    Hearing all this, the events of the previous year came into focus. Running had been my medicine. Literally. It helped regulate my attention and emotions, and so much more. Once I couldn’t do it, it was like suddenly stopping a drug. No wonder I had been struggling.

    Looking back, I think of this whole experience as a kind of knockout experiment. Just like scientists remove genes in order to learn their function, I learned how critical exercise was, by having it taken away. 

    It’s been about two years since my FKT. I’m still trying to figure out how to navigate my post-diagnosis life. And I still can’t exercise. And that’s hard.

    What makes it worse is that people don’t get how hard it is. They assume I’ve lost a hobby, like needlepoint or something. What they don’t realize is that exercise was so much more than a hobby for me. It was my lifeline. My medicine. My noise canceling headphones. It was how I coped.

    I still haven’t found a replacement. And I’m not sure when or if I’ll hear the silence in my mind again. But in the meantime, if anyone is looking to set the next FKT for the Oxford Green Belt Way, I will gladly organize the logistics for you.

    WILLOW: That was Maria Ordovas-Montanes. Maria was a production intern for Out There this season. She lives in the UK. 

    To give you an update on her situation, she has continued to experience pain in many different body parts since her FKT. It's gotten to the point where she's unable to walk. Her doctors suspect her condition is likely due to a chronic illness like fibromyalgia or hypermobility. Both of those can cause persistent pain and are more prevalent in neurodivergent individuals.

    Coming up next time on Out There, what happens if prioritizing your own health and wellbeing means jeopardizing your relationship with a parent?

    HOWARD NEVINS: It was hard for you to be with me, around me. Or, you know, ‘cause I was a reminder, if nothing else, of your hardships. 

    WILLOW: Tune in on July 25 for a story about a hike in the Grand Canyon that helped heal a strained relationship. It’s the final episode before we take a break for the summer.

    I’m willing to bet that you and I share certain beliefs. For example, we both understand that introspective outdoor stories can calm the soul and inspire us to be our best selves.

    But the kind of storytelling we do on Out There is expensive. Producers spend months — literally months — crafting each narrative, and I work hard to compensate them fairly. We pride ourselves on beautiful sound design, and music isn’t free. I pour my heart into mentoring interns, and I make sure they get paid.

    Out There is an independent podcast, which means we don’t have financial backing from a network or radio station. Half of our revenue comes from listeners like you.

    If you’d like to support the work we do, please consider making a contribution today. Just click the link in the episode description. Your gift will help us produce meaningful stories for years to come.

    Thank you so much.

    Alright, so I’ve opened up PeakVisor. It’s thinking.

    PeakVisor is an app that helps you figure out what mountains you’re looking at. When you open it up, it shows you a panorama of everything you’re seeing, with all the peaks labeled. 

    Oh wow, ok. So I am looking all the way down into Rocky Mountain National Park. Like, I can see Long’s Peak from here. That’s pretty cool.

    PeakVisor is our presenting sponsor this season. In addition to identifying mountains, they also have 3D maps to help you plan out adventures, and a peak bagging feature so you can keep track of your accomplishments.

    If you’d like to be a superhero of outdoor navigation, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Today’s story was written and narrated by Maria Ordovas-Montanes. Story editing by me, Willow Belden. Maria and I collaborated on the sound design. And special thanks to Katie Reuther and Francesca Turauskis for production assistance.

    Out There’s audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold. 

    Special thanks to all our listeners who are supporting Out There with financial contributions, including Justin Anderson, Eric Biederman, Doug Frick, Sue and Gary Peters, and Deb and Vince Garcia.

    We’ll see you in two weeks. And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Credits

  • Story by Maria Ordovas-Montanes

  • Story editing by Willow Belden

  • Sound design by Maria Ordovas-Montanes and Willow Belden

  • Production assistance from Katie Reuther and Francesca Turauskis

  • Music includes works from Blue Dot Sessions

Links

Correction:

In this story, we introduced Maaya Hitomi as a psychologist. Maaya does have a Master’s in Psychology. However, in Canada, where Maaya lives, the term “psychologist” is reserved for people who are registered with their provincial college of psychologists, which Maaya is not.

 
 

This episode sponsored by PeakVisor

 

Silence and Sound

An exploration of three sonic landscapes

In parts of Boston, noise levels can get as loud as 70 decibels. That’s like if a vacuum cleaner was whirring constantly. (PHoto by Jeongyoon Han)

Season 6 | Episode 8

Humans are noisy. The National Park Service estimates that all of our whirring, grinding, and revving machines are doubling or even tripling global noise pollution every 30 years. 

A lot of that noise is negatively affecting wildlife and human health.

In this guest episode, the team from Outside/In takes us on an exploration of three sonic landscapes: noise, silence, and something in between.

Credits

  • This story was produced for Outside/In, a podcast where curiosity and the natural world collide. Outside/In is a production of New Hampshire Public Radio.

  • Story by Jeongyoon Han. Mixing by Jeongyoon Han and Taylor Quimby. Editing by Taylor Quimby, with help from Nate Hegyi, Jessica Hunt, and Felix Poon. Outside/In’s host is Nate Hegyi and their executive producer is Rebecca Lavoie.

  • Music includes works from Blue Dot Sessions, Edvard Greeg, and Mike Franklyn.

Links

Overcoming Imposter Syndrome

How a national park in Korea helped one woman embrace her identity

Shannon Tyo at Bukhansan National Park (photo courtesy Shannon Tyo)

Season 6 | Episode 7

Many of us have experienced imposter syndrome at some point in our lives. Often it’s at work, where we doubt our own skills and accomplishments.

But what happens when you feel like a fraud simply for being yourself?

In this episode, we travel from New York State to a national park in Korea and share how one transracial adoptee made peace with her own identity. 

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    WILLOW BELDEN: A few weeks ago, I hiked up a 14er in Colorado. Fourteeners are mountains that are at least 14,000 feet tall. And it was gorgeous. Panoramic views of snow-capped peaks in every direction.

    And so as I’m hiking, I’m looking at these peaks, and I’m trying to figure out which one is which. And I’m pretty sure I can pick out Mount Elbert, which is the tallest mountain in Colorado, and Mount Massive, which is number two. But I’m not 100 percent sure. 

    So at the summit, I pull out my phone and open up PeakVisor.

    PeakVisor is our presenting sponsor this season. Their app helps you identify mountains when you’re out on adventures.

    When you open the app, it determines where you are, and then it shows you a panorama of everything you’re looking at, with all the peaks labeled.

    If you’d like to be a superhero of outdoor navigation, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    Most of us have felt a sense of imposter syndrome at some point in our lives. Often it’s at work, where you feel like you don’t deserve your own accomplishments. Like you’re not as smart or talented as people think. 

    But it can happen in other parts of life too.

    This story is about what happens when you feel like a fraud simply for being yourself. 

    We’ll travel from New York State to a national park in Korea and explore how one woman ultimately made peace with her own identity. 

    Katie Reuther has the story.

    KATIE REUTHER: Growing up in western New York, Shannon Tyo felt like just another Italian American kid. In elementary school, she remembers being driven home by a friend’s parents. 

    SHANNON TYO: And I remember my friend’s mother asking what ethnicity I was, or something along the lines of that. And I remember responding, “Oh, I’m half Italian, and I’m half Irish, with a little bit of French Canadian.”

    KATIE: Her friend’s mother smiled politely and left it at that. 

    SHANNON: And I obviously knew I was adopted from Korea, but I just didn’t have the wherewithal yet to, like, wrap my mind around the fact of what she was actually asking me. 

    KATIE: Shannon was born in Korea and adopted by a white American family when she was four months old. Everything she learned about Korean culture came from school projects and a summer camp for Korean adoptees. The camp introduced her to Korean language, food, and traditional dress. But she didn’t feel any sense of ownership over them. Korean culture wasn’t HER culture. 

    SHANNON: It felt like I was just an American person doing these things, these things from another country. 

    KATIE: In elementary school, her class did a project where each student was asked to share how their family celebrated the holidays. Her teacher suggested that she research Korean traditions instead of focusing on her family's Italian American ones.

    SHANNON: And I remember sort of going, ‘Well that’s not fair. I have to, now I have to go and, like, make up a bunch of traditions that I don’t do, research a bunch of things that I don’t know about. I’m doing all this extra work, and I don’t know how to say any of these things. I don't know what any of this actually means. I feel like a fraud. But here’s my poster board about holidays in Korea, I think…’

    KATIE: This was one of the first times Shannon remembers feeling like an imposter. But it wasn’t the first time she felt different than those around her.

    SHANNON: All through my childhood, I think I was more focused, if anything, on the fact that I was not the same race as my adoptive parents and adoptive family. 

    KATIE: How did that make you feel, to be a different race than your adoptive parents? 

    SHANNON: I think for a really long time, I didn’t feel anything, and I also felt everything. I didn’t have the language, I didn’t have the understanding, to process what it felt like to be so different from all the people around me, and I didn't have any reference to even understand what I was missing or what it would feel like to be around a bunch of Koreans. 

    KATIE: I couldn’t have said it better myself. I was born in China and raised in America by white parents. So I know exactly what Shannon means. I felt intensely alienated growing up, but I didn’t have the words to express what that meant.

    Imagine having no knowledge of who, what, or where you come from, and being dropped into a faraway country, where most people don’t look like you. Some of them decide to be your family. They take you in. They tell you that you’re one of them. And you start to believe it. But there’s a lingering sense of unease, because other people don’t recognize you as a family, and people who do look like you expect you to know their language, their culture. 

    So then, where do you belong? Who do you belong to? And what belongs to you? 

    When Shannon went off to college, things started to shift. For the first time, people were meeting and getting to know her apart from her white adoptive family.

    SHANNON: And very suddenly, I was Asian, in a brand new way.

    KATIE: But she didn’t feel Asian in the same way that a lot of her Asian classmates did, because she hadn’t grown up in an Asian household. 

    She saw up close how much her Asian American classmates were shaped by their families and cultural upbringings. They spoke their birth culture’s language, celebrated their culture’s holidays, ate their culture’s foods. They joined Asian American student groups without hesitation. 

    Noticing all of this, Shannon began to develop a new curiosity about her Koreanness. It started to matter to her. In retrospect, she now knows that it always mattered. 

    SHANNON: It was incredibly important. I just didn’t have the language or the reference point to be able to say, “Hey, this is important to me.” And I wish I did, because by the time it became important to me, I was so far behind.

    KATIE: So far behind. As a young adult, Shannon knew very little about Korea. Despite that one class project, and the few summers she spent at Korean camp, she realized she knew virtually nothing about the language, the holidays, the food. Nothing of the etiquette or tradition, nothing of the way Korean people interact with each other. 

    She tried to learn it, tried to own it, but it’s hard to feel a sense of ownership over something you’ve only googled.

    SHANNON: It’s the same thing as, I don’t know, like an Italian American person who googled facts about Korea. They have kind of the same amount of knowledge of it that I do. 

    KATIE: She felt especially bad about not knowing Korean. Many adoptees, myself included, feel a deep sense of shame for not inherently knowing the language of our birth country or for being unable to learn it quickly or easily. 

    Shannon wanted to get past that discomfort. So she signed up for an introductory Korean class. Going in, she felt self conscious. But her classmates were also adoptees. 

    SHANNON: It took a little bit of the stigma away, because we were all born in Korea, and we had no idea what we were doing. In another setting, if I was taking Korean class from a Korean person, I think my sense of shame would’ve been so high, I wouldn’t have participated. 

    KATIE: The comfort Shannon experienced in class extended outside of it, too. 

    SHANNON: The shared experience is so strong that you can skip over all the explanations and all the justifications of your feelings, for the most part, and just talk to each other in a way that just skips over like 48 hours of exposition, which is really liberating.

    KATIE: As the years went on, Shannon made friends with more and more Korean Americans. And that helped ease her shame, but it didn’t eradicate her imposter syndrome. Outside of her social circle, people would still see her and assume she knew all about Korean culture. But of course she didn’t. They’d ask her questions she couldn’t answer. She felt an intense pressure to prove her Koreanness to those around her. And she often felt like she was falling short.

    Growing up, Shannon didn’t have an overt desire to visit Korea. She had a sense that talking about Korea and wanting to go there would make her family sad. Focusing on her Koreanness would be a reminder of her difference, of the way their family wasn’t the same as others. 

    But now, in her early thirties, she finally gave herself permission to want to go there. She felt like going to Korea was the biggest step she could take to reclaim her Koreanness. She wanted to feel more connected to her cultural heritage, to feel a sense of belonging, to answer questions she had about herself. 

    But at the same time, she was afraid to get her hopes up.

    SHANNON: I remember thinking to myself, ‘No matter what, for this Korea trip, have no expectations. If you think that this is gonna fix — quote unquote — everything in your life, or if you think you’re gonna go there and all your questions about yourself and your life are gonna be answered and you’re gonna be a new person, that will not happen.’ 

    KATIE: With her expectations firmly in check, Shannon started looking into flights. When the airfare dropped low enough one night, she bought the tickets and started planning. Accommodations? Check. SIM card? Check. Translation apps? Check. The list goes on. 

    She also made a laminated card that explained — in Korean — that she was adopted from Korea and was traveling back for the first time. By this point, Shannon’s Korean was still limited to things like, “Hello,” “Thank you,” and “I don’t speak Korean.” And she wanted a way to connect with locals despite the language gap. 

    When Shannon finally boarded the plane to Seoul, every single detail mattered, from the airplane napkins to the flight attendants’ hair charms.  

    SHANNON: I haven’t had a wedding, but I would assume it’s something like that, where it’s like, this is such an important day, so every single thing is a blur and also the most important thing that’s ever happened. Or like the day that your child is born. It has that kind of heft and weight, where like something is about to happen and you will not be the same after it. 

    KATIE: Taking off from the U.S., Shannon experienced a wave of emotion. It felt like her whole life had been leading up to this flight.

    SHANNON: I flew out alone 36 years ago, and I’m flying back alone, 36 years later. And I just couldn’t believe it was finally happening. I was mostly overwhelmed, incredibly happy, incredibly sad, incredibly lonely, and also incredibly proud of myself.

    KATIE: She arrived in Korea sleep deprived and excited to take it all in. The sense of wonder she felt on the plane continued.

    On the way from the airport to Seoul, she marveled at the landscape outside the train windows. It was just industrial farmland, but to Shannon, it was a site to behold.

    SHANNON: I had my nose basically just like pressed to the window. I was just like, I was like those, you know, like those old garfields with like the sticky paws? And they would like stick to the window? That was me. And I was like, ‘You guys, there’s, there’s countryside outside. Nobody’s looking at the countryside. Look at the countryside. It’s beautiful!’

    KATIE: On her first full day, Shannon set out to explore. It was hot and rainy, but she wanted to walk as much as possible. She visited some of Seoul’s most famed historic sites and eventually found herself at a palace.

    The entrance to the grounds was set under a large open-air pavilion. A wiry middle-aged man at the turnstile took Shannon’s ticket. As he was ripping off the stub, he began trying to tell her something – in Korean. She didn’t understand. 

    It was now or never. She pulled out the laminated card and handed it to him. He read it and broke into a warm smile. Switching to his limited English, he told her how happy he was, how wonderful it was, that she was there.

    SHANNON: Koreans aren’t really huggers, but they will give you like very strong shoulder pats. Sort of like a one-arm hug but like with aggressive patting. So I got some aggressive pats. 

    KATIE: She felt accepted, understood. These aggressive shoulder pats, this type of connection, was exactly what she was hoping for. It turns out that her ticket included a secret garden tour, and he wanted to make sure she didn’t miss it. 

    In the ensuing days, Shannon traversed Seoul on foot, following her curiosities. Traveling alone meant she could exist solely in her own head. There was no need to make conversation, to entertain anyone, or to share her feelings. She also kept to herself, in large part, due to the language barrier. Her encounter at the palace had started things off on a positive note, but she still felt uncertain about how exactly to navigate the language gap. 

    SHANNON: I felt shy about speaking Korean, I felt shy about not speaking Korean, I felt shy about using my translator app.

    KATIE: Nothing felt quite right, and everything made her feel self-conscious. As a result, a sort of imposed silence fell over her trip. Which actually had some unexpected benefits.

    SHANNON: It was really nice to just like quietly travel around, because that was when I was my most successful at blending in.

    KATIE: Speaking either English or Korean would quickly reveal her. But if she stayed quiet, she could pass as a local. 

    Being able to remain anonymous felt good. But there were also very concrete ways she felt herself fitting in. For example, at home, she was shorter than a lot of the people around her, but here, she was surrounded by people her own size.

    SHANNON: I remember sitting on the benches, just like a stone bench or something, and I was like, ‘Oh my, yeah, that is the height a bench should be! My knees and hips are in alignment. I feel thrilled. This place is amazing.’

    KATIE: These instances had started to chip away at Shannon’s feelings of imposter syndrome, but it was still there. She looked like everyone else, but in many ways, she still felt so foreign.

    And then, part way through her trip, something changed how she saw herself.

    WILLOW: Hey, it’s Willow. We’ll hear the rest of the story in a moment. But first, I want to tell you about another podcast you might enjoy.

    Living Planet brings you weekly stories in three creative formats, to help you better understand the environmental issues of our time. 

    To answer your environmental questions, they have episodes that ask “What's Better?”  For example — What's better for the environment: coffee or tea? Paper books or e-readers? Glasses or contact lenses? These episodes help you get to the bottom of simple consumer decisions we make in our everyday lives.

    In their “Deep Dive” episodes, Living Planet goes deeper on issues like farmers' mental health and the global illegal bush meat trade.

    And, when you just need a break from the news and our modern world, check out their “Naturally Connected” series where they zoom in on a place, plant, or animal, and discover how it makes our planet such a truly amazing place. 

    You can find Living Planet wherever you listen to podcasts. 

    And now, back to the story.

    KATIE: Shannon went to Korea with only a loose itinerary. But the one thing she knew she wanted to do was to go hiking. Throughout her life, being outdoors had been a precious opportunity for her to be present in the moment. It’s where she had always felt closest to the larger thing that connects us all. 

    After arriving in Korea, Shannon chose a sunny day to visit Bukhansan National Park. The park is 30 square miles of forest, temples, and granite peaks. It’s a popular hiking destination. And unlike the national parks she’d gone to in the U.S., this one was easy to get to. Only a subway’s ride away from the center of Seoul. 

    SHANNON: To be in such an urban environment and then immediately in such a mountainous park was wild. It would be the equivalent in my American life of, like, being in Manhattan, in New York City, and then, like, 40 minutes later, I’m in the center of Acadia National Park. 

    KATIE: She went to the information booth to get trail recommendations. The park ranger suggested a scenic loop, and she set off. As she walked, the mountains rose up ahead of her in the distance. She passed parents carrying young kids, elderly Korean couples, and large groups of ajummas, middle-aged Korean women. Light-hearted chatter filled the air. 

    SHANNON: And it’s so hot and I did not bring the right clothing. And I’m sweating through my t-shirt like a maniac, and it was sort of embarrassing. Because again, everybody else was in, like, beautiful sweat-wicking hiking gear. And these older folks are just, are just, like, kicking my butt, just like lapping me. 

    KATIE: Eventually, she came to a turn off. 

    SHANNON: There was a sign that said something, and I translated it sort of loosely on my phone, and it didn’t say “caution” or anything like that, so I was like, ‘Alright, I don’t necessarily know if I’m supposed to be down here. There’s nobody on this path. But forgiveness not permission, so here we go!’

    KATIE: The whole park had been stunning, but this trail was surreal. 

    SHANNON: There were these butterflies that I was just openly laughing at ‘cause they were so beautiful and so unusual to me. I was just like, ‘What, what is that? It’s so beautiful. This must be a joke.’

    KATIE: She finally arrived at a clearing with a small buddhist temple. There was a pond and a large statue of buddha.

    SHANNON: It was just so lovely. It was a really sunny day. Light breeze. Cicadas so loud everywhere. 

    KATIE: She climbed up a little higher to see the view. The city of Seoul unfolded below her, and she lost track of time, utterly absorbed in the moment. Her sweaty t-shirt clung to her back, and she felt the weight of her backpack. This was it. 

    SHANNON: I came all this way to try to feel something here, and I’m feeling it. It was the most drastic shift of my life, but it wasn’t all of a sudden like, ‘Bam, now this is all yours!’ It was more like, ‘This has always been here, and it has always been a part of you, and now you just know about it.’ 

    KATIE: On that mountain, even if just for a moment, her imposter syndrome vanished. 

    SHANNON: That sense of, ‘I’m just a person who googled things about Korea’ went away. Now I had been in the streets and I had been in the mountains and rivers, and that sense of imposter syndrome, I mean I still have it, but a large chunk of it went away.

    KATIE: For the rest of the trip, Shannon felt lighter, more at ease. Going to Korea and seeing it for herself gave her a new authority to talk about the place she was born. Now she could speak from first-hand experience about Seoul’s neighborhoods, about the food, about social etiquette, and so much more.

    But it went beyond that. Something fundamental had shifted inside of her. 

    SHANNON: At first I thought imposter syndrome was about everybody else, like proving to everybody else that I was Korean, and it, in an after-school special kind of way, it was more about proving to myself that I was Korean. You know, we’re all our own worst critics, and nothing could’ve convinced me otherwise, maybe, except doing this trip, doing it alone, being so scared, being so apprehensive, being so excited, and then finally following all the way through on this thing that I wanted to do.

    KATIE: That day in Bukhansan National Park, Shannon finally felt Korean. Fully embracing this identity gave her a new confidence. 

    SHANNON: I just got over the shame of not being able to speak Korean, and I just started boldly speaking bad Korean. And sometimes it would work, and they would respond in Korean, or sometimes they would be like, “Haha, how can I help you?” And I’m like, ‘That’s fine!’ Because I, it just felt like, ‘Yes, I’m Korean. I don’t speak Korean, but I’m Korean.’ 

    KATIE: It’s been almost a year since Shannon’s trip to Korea. And in that time, she’s come to embrace who she is. She cooks Korean food without worrying about whether it’s correct. She wears Korean clothing with pride. And she confidently speaks the limited Korean she knows without fear of critique. 

    It’s not entirely clear what it was about that mountainside in Bukhansan National Park that was so transformative for her. Sometimes, nature changes us in ways we can’t quite explain.

    But what she does know is that she no longer feels like such an outsider. She’s creating her own definition of what it means to be Korean. And that definition doesn’t require her to prove anything, to anyone.

    WILLOW: That was Katie Reuther. She was one of Out There's production interns this season. And she's now doing a fellowship with American Public Media. 

    Coming up next time on Out There

    JEONGYOON HAN: Say you’re a mouse living next to a busy highway, and it’s so loud you don’t hear the fox sneaking up behind you.

    RACHEL BUXTON: You know, they’re listening for predators approaching, and if they can’t hear that, then, you know, maybe they’re more likely to be eaten by that predator. 

    WILLOW: Tune in on July 2 for a special bonus episode from our friends at Outside/In. It’s all about silence and sound.

    So, pop quiz. Where do you think the majority of Out There’s funding comes from? Is it: a) ads, b) gifts from listeners, or c) grants?

    If you guessed B, you are correct. More than half of our revenue comes from listeners. It’s because of these gifts that we can produce Out There.

    If you’re already supporting the show, thank you. Thank you. Thank you.

    If not, please consider making a gift of five or ten dollars a month. It’s super easy to set up. Just go to patreon.com/outtherepodcast or click the link in the episode description. Patreon is a crowd-funding platform for creative endeavors. It lets you make monthly contributions to projects you care about, like this podcast.

    Again, that’s patreon.com/outtherepodcast. Thank you so much.

    Support for Out There comes from PeakVisor.

    PeakVisor is an app that helps you make the most of your time in the mountains. They have intricate 3D maps to help you plan out adventures. They have a peak identification feature, which helps you figure out what mountains you’re looking at. That’s what I mentioned at the beginning of the episode. And they have a peak-bagging feature, so you can keep track of your accomplishments.

    If you’d like to be a superhero of outdoor navigation, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Today’s story was reported, written, and narrated by Katie Reuther. Story editing by me, Willow Belden. Katie and I collaborated on the sound design. And special thanks to Maria Ordovas-Montanes for production assistance.

    Out There’s audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold.

    We’ll see you next week for a bonus episode. And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Credits

  • Story by Katie Reuther

  • Story editing by Willow Belden

  • Sound design by Katie Reuther and Willow Belden

  • Production assistance from Maria Ordovas-Montanes

  • Music includes works from Blue Dot Sessions

Links

 
 

This episode sponsored by PeakVisor

 

Silencing the Critics

How one woman overcame her self-doubt on a geology field trip

Demetria Lynn and her niece Leila-Noor explore oceanography together. (Photo by Victoria Marin)

Season 6 | Episode 6

Demetria Lynn always wanted to be a scientist. But growing up, no one believed in her. The negative feedback was so overpowering that she stopped believing in herself.

In this episode, we follow Demetria from her elementary school classroom to a geology field trip in the desert, and explore what it took to rekindle faith in herself.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    WILLOW BELDEN: Have you ever had an experience where you’re out in the backcountry and you see a mountain off in the distance, and you want to know what it is?

    This happens to me a lot. I love knowing what I’m looking at.

    If you do too, you might enjoy an app called PeakVisor. PeakVisor is our presenting sponsor this season. When you use their app, it shows you a panorama of everything you’re looking at, with all the mountains labeled.

    If you’d like to be a superhero of outdoor navigation, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    This season is all about silence. Each episode, we’re exploring how we find stillness amidst the noise.

    This episode is about silencing the critics.

    We’ve all had to deal with criticism in our life. But what if that was ALL you heard, ever since childhood? What if the criticism was so persistent — so loud — that it kept you from doing the things you really loved? Could you bounce back from that?

    Victoria Marin has the story.

    VICTORIA MARIN: When I was a kid, I followed my big sister Demetria around everywhere and wanted to be just like her. She was 12 years older than me, and some of my earliest memories are about how much she loved Prince and the Brat Pack. So naturally, I told everyone in kindergarten that my favorite movies were Purple Rain and the Breakfast Club.

    Demetria is also one of the smartest people I've ever known. She understands complicated math and science concepts and she can easily talk about a million different subjects at length.

    But for as long as I can remember, she's struggled to create a meaningful life for herself.

    One thing has always been true. Demetria has always had a passion for science. That started back when she was a little kid.

    DEMETRIA LYNN: I was always in the dirt digging up — I used to love centipedes more than anything. The bigger and weirder the bug, the better. I also had this compulsion to take things apart and see how they worked and put them back together. And I had a deep curiosity about how things work.

    VICTORIA: Then, in second grade, she had her first real science lesson, and it blew her mind.

    DEMETRIA: I was taught that everything was made of atoms, and that floored me because I thought of everything as being made of just what it was. Like, my mother is made of my mother, you know, cereal is made of cereal, you know. And realizing that everything is made of the same things, only rearranged in different ways to manifest differently — I was shook.

    VICTORIA: Demetria became obsessed with everything about science after that. She told anyone who would listen that she wanted to be a scientist when she grew up.

    DEMETRIA: And I remember one day one of my mom's friends had come over. I was eight years old. And I was telling him how I wanted to be a scientist.

    He was like, “Oh, you're a very smart little girl.” And he said, “Do me a favor, draw me a picture of a scientist.”

    And my point of reference that popped up first in my head was Major Nelson, the lead male in a show called I Dream of Jeannie. He was in the Air Force and he had gone to space a couple times. And so I drew a picture of him, how I perceived how he looked, in a lab coat, when he told me to draw a scientist.

    And he looks at it, and he looks at me, he goes, “Two things wrong. One, you forgot to give him ears. And two, you look nothing like him.”

    And I was devastated.

    VICTORIA: In retrospect, Demetria thinks our mom’s friend was probably just joking around with her. But at the time, she really took it to heart. It was the first time she remembers feeling actively discouraged from chasing her dreams. And it was also the first time she realized that the way she looked was at least part of the reason why.

    Unfortunately, it wasn't the last time.

    This was in the 1970s. Back then it was common for teachers to divide classes into three learning groups. Group one was reserved for the students considered to be the highest achievers. Up until fourth grade, Demetria had always been put in group one. But that year her teacher, Ms. Butcher, put all the Black kids into groups two and three.

    DEMETRIA: It was unworldly to me that there were kids who struggled with long division and fractions. I was always helping them, the kids who were supposed to be the smartest. And yet Ms. Butcher would not validate me by putting me in group one.

    Instead of me thinking, ‘I should be in group one, I belong there,’ I started believing that I must have lost my mojo.

    All my life, everything had come so easily, in terms of academics, and then all of a sudden I'm not in group one, so I'm not as smart as I thought I was. And I just was suddenly just overcome with levels of anxiety that I had never experienced in my life. And the anxiety started to affect my academic performance.

    VICTORIA: That same year, Demetria also finally became a Girl Scout, after years of begging our mom to let her join.

    DEMETRIA: And I'm so excited. You had Brownies, Girl Scouts, the Juniors that I was in, you had Cadets, Seniors. And I just couldn't wait to be a Cadet, you know, I couldn't wait to be a Senior. And ‘Oh, I'm going to wear my little uniform like this, and I'm going to get the beret, and I'm going to have the vest,’ and oh, it was such an obsession.

    VICTORIA: At one point, there was a big career day event, where every scout was supposed to create a presentation about what they wanted to be when they grew up. Demetria was excited to share her dreams about becoming a scientist.

    DEMETRIA: And I was tingling with anticipation. I just felt like I was going to soar from there. Like, ‘Oh, this is my crowning glory here.’

    VICTORIA: But that didn’t happen. In fact, she didn’t even complete the assignment. The ideas were there in her brain, but putting everything together was hard for her. She needed all sorts of supplies — a project board, markers and scissors, books and magazines — and she didn’t have any of those at home. She felt completely scattered and overwhelmed trying to get organized, and by the time she tried to ask for help, it was too late. None of the adults in her life had time to guide her.

    DEMETRIA: I needed help with being guided in that direction. And I had no gas in the tank. There was nothing. I was just pushing a boulder uphill by myself.

    VICTORIA: Demetria felt like if she wasn’t able to even complete a project about becoming a scientist, she'd never be able to actually become one. She felt like this was all her fault. Like if she hadn’t been so scatterbrained and lazy, she wouldn’t be in this situation. She was so embarrassed about the whole thing that she dropped out of Girl Scouts altogether.

    A few years later, she decided to enter the school science fair. Her project was about comparing the tidal lung volume of smokers versus nonsmokers, and she was really proud of her research. But once again she struggled with the presentation component. Again, she asked for help. But just like with the Girl Scout project, none of the adults in her life made time for her. She did the best she could on her own. But it wasn't good enough. She didn't get a ribbon. She was crushed.

    DEMETRIA: The feedback that I was getting from the world was that I wasn't worth the investment. And as that inner dialogue started to seep in, you lose track of what you're supposed to be doing. So I didn't have a roadmap on how to get to where I was going. I was just lost.

    VICTORIA: Demetria didn’t feel like she had anyone cheering her on. And as a result, the hum of self doubt was ever present. If no one believed in her, how could she believe in herself?

    By the time she was in high school, it seemed like the days of nerding out about science were long behind her. Her grades started slipping. She was struggling to find where she belonged. She even started turning her back on the people who had always been her friends.

    DEMETRIA: Once I started existing in my head as somebody who didn't feel like I measured up and, you know, started to get really insecure about feeling accepted and wanting to be liked, the last thing I wanted to be was a nerd.

    I will never forget this one particular person. Her name is Vicky Flier. And what was so cool about that is her name was Flier and she got her pilot's license when she was like 16 years old.

    We were in physics together, and we just really hit it off. She was one of those very few people that I can nerd out and have the kinds of conversations that I really was screaming to have, but couldn't have with the people I surrounded myself with.

    The problem was that I didn't want to be seen with her out there. So when the bell rang and we're going off to lunch, “I'm not sitting with you.”

    And I just, I look back at that with so much regret.

    VICTORIA: Most of us can relate to this feeling of wanting to find your place and trying to figure out how to fit in. The problem is that ditching the people you really click with doesn’t actually solve that problem. And in Demetria's case, it really just made things worse.

    DEMETRIA: It’s just been this constant confusion about my identity, and who I was and my value and my purpose.

    VICTORIA: For years, that negative feedback had slowly been getting louder in her mind. And by now, the volume was so high that it had become her inner monologue. So when it came to choosing a career path, all she could hear was, ‘You’re not cut out to be a scientist.’ And by this point, she believed that was true.

    Demetria went into her early adulthood with all of that noise ringing in her ears. She enrolled in college, dropped out, enrolled again a few years later, dropped out again. This went on for years.

    She did a lot of different things for work during that time, but she wasn't excited about any of it. She was moving through life lost, without passion and feeling alone and angry at herself and the world.

    It wasn't until her late thirties that something finally changed.

    WILLOW: Hey, it’s Willow. We’ll hear the rest of the story in a moment. But first, I want to tell you about a new environmental podcast from KCUR Studios. It’s called Up From Dust.

    Every episode digs into a problem plaguing the Great Plains and Midwest. Like, did you know that trees are taking over prairies and it’s bad for the environment? The podcast introduces you to real people who are rolling up their sleeves to build a more sustainable future: hard-working cattle ranchers, savvy soil scientists. The point of the show is to find ways to be hopeful when there is a lot to be stressed about. Listen to Up From Dust wherever you get your podcasts.

    And now, back to the story.

    VICTORIA: Thirty-two years after she drew her first picture of a scientist, Demetria started going to therapy. Not long after that, she was diagnosed with ADHD and autism.

    The impact of those diagnoses was huge. So much suddenly made sense. The criticism and discouragement she’d gotten throughout her life didn’t account for the learning disabilities she’d been unknowingly juggling. Of course she struggled academically without the right support. But that didn’t mean that she wasn't smart enough.

    As she unpacked all of this, she was struck by how much she really just wanted to learn — to lean into her curiosities and make a life for herself out of them.

    DEMETRIA: The sequence of events that had been unfolding in my life at that time felt almost kismet. So I thought, ‘Okay. I mean it. I'm going after my degree.’

    VICTORIA: It wasn’t easy. All those years of starting and dropping out of school still haunted her, literally. Her transcripts were full of withdrawals and Fs. And before she could even enroll in community college again, she needed to spend two years catching up on delayed student loan repayments, then go through a process called academic renewal. She would have to gather all of her old transcripts and present her case in person to a counselor, who would then review the transcripts line by line and decide how much of her record could be expunged.

    At this point, she had no idea what she wanted to study or do with her degree. She just knew that she needed to reignite her love of learning. But when she arrived on campus for that meeting, something happened that would set the stage for her entire professional career.

    DEMETRIA: There was this group of people standing in the parking lot. And I go up to one of the girls that were standing there and I said, “Hey, what's this group all about? You guys look like a lot of fun.”

    And she starts laughing, she goes, “Oh, we're going on a geology field trip.”

    I said, “Oh, I want to go with you guys! Do you have to be a student?” And I was being silly. But I just — just seeing this group of people, just random people standing there — there was something about their vibe and their energy and their laughter, their conversation, I was like, ‘Those look like my kind of people. I want to do what they're doing.’

    So once I got the academic renewal going, I went to my counselor at West LA College. Told them, “I want to start on a track of being a geology major.”

    There was nothing stopping me. Like, ‘I don't care how hard it is. Don't talk yourself out of it. Just keep putting one foot in front of the other.’ And I did.

    VICTORIA: As soon as she enrolled this time, everything felt right in a way that it never had before. She loved what she was learning and felt more comfortable being herself. But a lot of her old self doubt lingered. The moment she started to struggle with a class or a concept, her inner critic would start shouting at her.

    DEMETRIA: If I was weak in something, ‘Oh my God, what am I doing here? I suck, I'm awful, I'm terrible, I'm not cut out for this. God, I don't want to sound like an idiot. I'm clearly not a genius. I got a D in physics.’

    VICTORIA: Not too long after Demetria started the program, she went on her first overnight geology field trip. They were going to a place called Rainbow Basin, in California's Mojave Desert.

    She was excited for the trip, and desperately wanted to prove herself to her professor and peers. But she still wasn't sure she was cut out for this line of work.

    It wasn't just the science part that she was worried about. This was a multi-day trip, which meant they had to camp outside.

    Demetria wasn't outdoorsy, and she was anxious about all the logistics. She’d only been camping once in her life before this, and that was decades ago. She had never pitched a tent before, so she bought one weeks early and practiced setting it up in her front yard before the trip.

    But when she got to the field site, she realized that she’d forgotten to get a camping mattress, and the sleeping bag she bought wasn’t warm enough.

    DEMETRIA: You know, it's the desert, so you're not too far from Death Valley. And the daytime temperatures are fairly nice in January, but in sleeping at night, it got down to 29, 30 degrees in the tent.

    VICTORIA: Demetria tossed and turned all night, kept up by the cold and hard ground underneath her. In the morning, she was stiff and sore. Meanwhile, the other students all seemed bright-eyed and bushy-tailed. It seemed like camping was the easiest thing on earth for everyone but her.

    The big assignment for the trip was to draw out the geologic features of the landscape in front of them, which is a process called mapping. And mapping was not one of Demetria’s strong points.

    DEMETRIA: Rainbow Basin is this giant syncline, meaning that it's a geologic feature where the land is folded a certain way. It crumples like, just imagine how paper crumples, the ground actually does that. And mapping it is really important.

    So really trying to examine what you're seeing and match it up with some known phenomenon that you read in your textbook is a challenge. And I just had such a hard time with that.

    VICTORIA: Demetria was feeling a lot of pressure to draw a perfect map during that field trip, especially because the professor leading the assignment was known for doing random spot checks of students' work in real time.

    DEMETRIA: In other classes, the teacher will let you work on your map and then turn in a nice, pretty, sparkly, version of the final draft. You know, a lot of times I need to if I don't put enough features on my map, I'll go to somebody else and start filling mine in so that I could turn in a nice one. That's what everybody does. But this particular professor knows that trick, and he doesn't allow you to do that. He'll just come around everybody and just grab their map.

    VICTORIA: So on this field trip, the professor was doing those random real time spot checks. And when it was her turn, Demetria was terrified. She felt sure that her map wouldn’t measure up.

    DEMETRIA: This guy who wins awards for all of his geology, he's always on TV talking, you know, he's just Mr. Geology, and I just really felt like I had to live up to his expectations.

    And I remember him looking at my map, and I'm thinking he's gonna say, “Look, you're just not cut out for this.” And I was really waiting for him to say that.

    And he looks at me and he goes, “Why are you using a blue pencil for this?”

    I said, “Oh, cause I can't find my real pencil.”

    And he just reaches into his bag and gives me a couple of pencils. He's like, “You're doing a good job. Keep going.”

    VICTORIA: Demetria was floored. For what felt like the first time in her life, she was receiving positive encouragement and support, and from someone she really looked up to, no less.

    DEMETRIA: I said, “Oh my God.”

    He's like, “What?” He’s like, “You look shocked.”

    And I said, “Because everybody else's map looks so much better than mine.”

    He goes, “Yeah, that was always the case for me too.” And then he was just, he goes, “Yeah, I was the worst mapper when I was in school.”

    And just to hear him say that, I was like, ‘Dr. Onderdonk was the worst mapper?!’ Like my eyes were darting back and forth.

    And he's like, “You don't just wake up good at this, Demetria. Don't worry. You know, you just gotta keep coming out here and doing it and eventually you get good.” And he's like, “I know it doesn't seem like it, but you're, you're ahead of where I was at your point.”

    VICTORIA: For the first time ever, Demetria felt like someone was telling her that she was good enough. It was such a relief.

    DEMETRIA: It was just a moment that I'll never forget.

    VICTORIA: It was like that little bit of external validation flipped a switch. Up until now, she’d always put other scientists on a pedestal she couldn’t reach herself.

    DEMETRIA: All these people that you think of them as brilliant, and ‘I can't be part of that, they're brilliant.’ And I was able to suspend that and just be in the moment.

    VICTORIA: For the first time in decades, the noise of her inner critic was getting quieter.

    A few months later, Demetria was in Santa Barbara, on another field trip. And right from the get-go, the tone was different. The weight of decades of criticism wasn’t running through her mind anymore.

    DEMETRIA: You get kind of an endorphin rush. It’s like a dopamine hit. And then I'm thinking, ‘Okay, now I can just kind of look out at this beautiful landscape.’ I mean, it is a privilege to even have that sort of a vantage point. It’s something that a lot of geologists might even take for granted, to be able to hike way up to a high place. And you can see desert into the distance. You can see forest, snow capped mountains, the ocean right there.

    And I can now appreciate that.

    To be able to sit in that moment and actually experience what it feels like to just let it all go and just enjoy the moment you’re in. I want to have those more. I want that to be my default setting.

    VICTORIA: It was starting to feel like maybe she really did belong there, with all those brilliant people. And that maybe she was one of those brilliant people, too.

    Since then, she has truly blossomed. She finished college. She got her bachelor’s degree in geology. And next year, she's starting a masters program in geophysics. After that, she’s planning to get a PhD, in either planetary science or paleoclimatology.

    She's also written a book about her experience living at the intersection of race and neurodivergence, and recently started a podcast called The Dirt on Earth, which aims to inspire enthusiasm about earth science research.

    And did I mention she’s doing all of this in her fifties? I know I’m biased as her sister, but that’s really impressive, right?

    That old inner critic hasn’t been completely silenced though. She says it's still a work in progress. But now, she knows how to recognize the self-doubt for what it is, and she’s able to shut it down before it overtakes her mind.

    DEMETRIA: There was once a time where I would get real angry with myself. Like, ‘Oh inner peace, where are you?’ You know.

    And now, I sort of handle it with some levity, where it's like, ‘Oh, there I go again,’ you know.

    And the more that happens, the more your confidence comes up, and it gets easier over time.

    VICTORIA: The noise from the critics that haunt us can be deafening. It can hold us back from so much. Our dreams. The things we love. Our ability to create the life we want for ourselves.

    So often, we get the advice, “Just believe in yourself and you can do anything.” But it’s not always that simple. External support and encouragement is actually really important. I just wish my sister could have gotten that as a kid. I think a lot about how differently her life would’ve panned out if that had happened.

    But even if you don’t get that validation until you’re an adult, it can still make a difference. Because when we find the right encouragement and support, the critical voices start to become quieter. And eventually, they lose their power.

    WILLOW: That was Victoria Marin. She’s a journalist and doula living in Brooklyn, New York. You can see more of her work at victoriamarindigital.com.

    As for Demetria, we have links to her podcast and her book at our website, outtherepodcast.com.

    Coming up next time on Out There, when Shannon Tyo went to Korea, a lot was riding on the trip.

    SHANNON TYO: I haven’t had a wedding, but I would assume it’s something like that, where it’s like this is such an important day, so every single thing is a blur and also the most important thing that’s ever happened.

    WILLOW: Tune in on June 27 for a story about overcoming imposter syndrome, at a national park near Seoul.

    Two things I want to mention before you go.

    First, if you’d like to do something generous today, consider supporting Out There on Patreon. Patreon is a crowd-funding platform for creative endeavors. It lets you make monthly contributions to projects you care about. Like this podcast.

    To become a patron today, click the link in the episode description, or go to patreon.com/outtherepodcast. Your dollars will go directly toward paying for the stories you hear on the show. Again, that’s patreon.com/outtherepodcast. Thank you so much!

    The second thing I want to mention is that our Campfire Stories event has been canceled. This was supposed to be a live event here in southeast Wyoming later this month, but unfortunately we didn’t get enough story pitches to make it work. Thank you so much to those of you who did submit story ideas. I very much hope we can try again in the future.

    When I was little, and my mom and I would go on road trips, I was always in charge of navigation. Like, at age eight.

    Of course, this was long before smartphones, so my mom would hand me an atlas, and I would have to figure out where we needed to go.

    As a result, I fell in love with maps. Like, head over heels in love. I’m the kind of person who spends hours looking at maps — for fun.

    But even I have to admit, maps have their limitations.

    For example, let’s say you’re out on a hike, and you see a mountain off in the distance, and you want to know what it is. Chances are, that mountain is far enough away that it’s off the edge of your map.

    So what do you do?

    One solution is to use an app called PeakVisor. PeakVisor is our presenting sponsor this season. When you open up their app, it’ll show you a panorama of everything you’re looking at, with all the peaks labeled.

    If you’d like to be a superhero of outdoor navigation, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Today’s story was reported, written and narrated by Victoria Marin. Story editing and sound design by me, Willow Belden.

    Out There’s audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold.

    Special thanks to all our listeners who are supporting Out There with financial contributions, including Theresa Steffen, Eric Biederman, Doug Frick, Tara Joslin, Sue and Gary Peters, and Deb and Vince Garcia. We couldn’t do this without you.

    We’ll see you in two weeks. And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Credits

  • Story by Victoria Marin

  • Story editing and sound design by Willow Belden

  • Music includes works from Blue Dot Sessions

Links

 
 

This episode sponsored by PeakVisor

 

Birds of Paradise

How birds helped one woman break free from other people’s expectations

Alison Világ counts migrating water birds at Whitefish Point Bird Observatory near Paradise, Michigan. (photo by Nick Loud / The Boardman Review)

Season 6 | Episode 5

Alison Világ pays attention for a living. She counts migrating ducks at Whitefish Point Bird Observatory in Michigan. It's key to getting a pulse on different bird populations.

But for Alison, counting ducks is more than just science – it's an escape from the expectations of others.

This episode comes to us from Points North, a podcast about the land, water, and inhabitants of the Great Lakes region.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    WILLOW BELDEN: Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    This season is all about silence. Each episode, we’re exploring how we find stillness amidst the noise — whether that’s literal or figurative.

    Today’s episode involves both kinds of silence: literal and figurative. It’s a story about birds, and how they helped one woman break free from other people’s expectations.

    The story comes to us from a podcast called Points North, which is an award-winning show about the Great Lakes region. Dan Wanschura has the story, right after this.

    Support for Out There comes from PeakVisor. PeakVisor is an app that helps you make the most of your time in the mountains. They have 3-D trail maps to help you plan out hikes. They have photos of summits all over the world to get you excited about upcoming adventures. And there’s even a peak-bagging feature, so you can keep track of your accomplishments.

    If you’d like to be a superhero of outdoor navigation, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    DAN WANSCHURA: Alison Világ is on her morning walk in Michigan’s Upper Peninsula. It’s just before sunrise in the middle of May. She’s making her way through a stand of jack pines toward Lake Superior.

    ALISON VILÁG: I'm hearing a flock of black-capped chickadees right now. Good morning chickadees. Good morning, peeper. Time for you to go to bed.

    I always try to just center myself when I'm walking out to put myself in like that space of observation by paying attention to what sounds are on the boardwalk, where it sounds like the wind is coming from.

    DAN: Alison is 30 years old, but she still has a childlike sense of awe and wonder at the things around her. Things you and I might never take the time to notice – she does.

    ALISON: Good morning, Nashville warbler.

    DAN: You could say Alison Világ pays attention for a living. During the spring months, she’s a waterbird migration counter at Whitefish Point Bird Observatory near Paradise, Michigan.

    It’s her job to count the different types of ducks heading north to their summer homes.

    On a good day, thousands of birds will cross Lake Superior here. But for Alison, counting birds is not just about numbers and science. It’s an escape.

    ALISON: A lot of my Saturday mornings were not spent in church, but out looking for birds in wonderful natural places. And I think that was the point when I started connecting birds with escape. And that theme has totally continued for a while and – for a while – who am I kidding? Until now, and who knows about the future?

    DAN: One day, when Alison Világ was six years old, her dad asked if she wanted to look for ducks instead of taking a nap. And when you’re six, anything is better than a nap.

    ALISON: So yes, I wanted to go look for ducks. And we went out and we looked for ducks, and we saw a northern shoveler, which I thought was a mallard. I didn't really believe my dad ’cause they both have green heads.

    DAN: Alison’s fascination with birds took off from there. Her parents had a field guide book about birds – she used it to learn everything she could about different species.

    ALISON: I don't think anybody involved in that first birding outing imagined how much of my life I was going to spend looking for ducks.

    DAN: As she got older, birds became even more of an escape. Alison was raised in a Seventh-day Adventist Church in southwest Michigan. It’s a church that has close to 22 million members worldwide, according to the most recent data.

    Alison says her family’s congregation was pretty restrictive. You couldn’t do things like drink coffee, listen to syncopated music, or play cards. Sabbath, which is Saturday for Seventh-day Adventists, is an intentional day of rest. Alison says there were even more rules to follow that day.

    ALISON: You couldn't go swimming, you couldn't play board games. I remember that we had the church bulletin, and it would say what time sunset was on Saturday night. And my friends and I would all set our alarms for that time because cool, we could do fun things again as soon as that was over.

    DAN: When she was in middle school, Alison remembers studying a curriculum through her church. It was meant to prepare and inspire her for womanhood. But instead, it was one of the darkest times of her life.

    ALISON: Because it seemed like my only purpose in life as a young woman was to prepare myself to become a pure and godly wife.

    DAN: Being a godly wife largely meant getting married, staying home, and raising kids.

    ALISON: I was more interested in doing other things. I wanted to be, I think at that time, a field biologist and study birds.

    DAN: Despite all the rules, Alison says Adventists were allowed to go outside and bask in God's creation on the Sabbath – instead of going to church.

    ALISON: It wasn't okay, for example, to go out and look for birds competitively. If you were trying to see as many birds in a day as you could, for example, that was not okay, but just going out and looking for birds and enjoying being outside, what better way to learn about creation and to observe creation than to be out in it?

    DAN: Sometimes even her mom or dad would join. But most of the time, it was just her – alone in the woods.

    ALISON: I just remember walking around and being in like a beautiful old growth forest and thinking that, okay, I'm not sure exactly what I think God is, but I know, whatever that concept is, I feel much closer to it out here in the things that, according to the Bible, God has created instead of in buildings that were made – they don't have that direct conduit. And so being out in nature was a much more sacred place.

    ALISON: There’s black-bellied plover calling distantly. Sometimes you can whistle ’em in. They’re going to the Arctic, too.

    DAN: Whitefish Point has been that direct conduit for Alison Világ. It’s a wild, rugged place in Michigan’s Upper Peninsula. The point itself is surrounded on three sides by Lake Superior and is a natural corridor for migrating birds.

    ALISON: Oh, there’s a line of ducks out there. That’s pretty cool. What are you guys going to be? Scoters! And some scaup mixed in. I like scoters a lot.

    DAN: Scoters and scaup are ducks. These birds are headed to far northern Canada. Out near the tip of Whitefish Point, there’s a small covered shack about the size of a telephone booth. When the weather is really bad, Alison counts ducks from inside that shack.

    She says Whitefish Point has a reputation of being a bird observatory with one of the worst field conditions in North America. But still, she loves it here.

    ALISON: It just seems more gratifying when you're out here. You can barely use your scope ’cause the wind's shaking your tripod so bad. And ducks are still flying in that sort of weather. It just, it blows my mind sometimes. Waterbirds, man – they’re pretty tough.

    DAN: In 2001, Alison's parents brought her to Whitefish Point for the first time. She was nine, and it was during the spring migration. She remembers visiting the waterbird shack and meeting the duck counter that year. Alison was learning some birding lingo too and was eager to show it off.

    ALISON: There was a big common loon day, and they were flying over the shack. I just looked up, and I'm like, “Oh yeah, another, another loon – a trash bird.”

    DAN: In the birding world, a trash bird refers to a bird so common it’s considered less desirable than another, more rare bird.

    ALISON: I can only imagine what that counter that year must have felt to have this little smart-ass kid that was just like, “Yeah, a trash bird.”

    DAN: She didn’t know it at the time, but that would become a defining memory for her. Today, Alison uses a pair of binoculars and a spotting scope to help identify and count the ducks as they fly by. She uses hand clickers to count – different ones for each kind of bird.

    ALISON: Those two really high ones are red-throated loons. There’s a common loon out front. And then looks like mergansers. Fourteen?

    DAN: Whitefish Point Bird Observatory was created in 1979. Alison started counting here in 2019. Workers count migrating ducks year after year to get a better idea of populations and other changing trends.

    ALISON: Five hundred forty long-tailed ducks in the first hour. That’s pretty incredible.

    DAN: When Alison was in her early twenties, her mom developed cancer. As it quickly spread throughout her body, Alison says her mom’s personality changed – dramatically.

    ALISON: So my mom went from being this wallflower into like the most exuberant, outgoing person that any of us had ever seen. Nobody could believe it.

    DAN: Looking back, Alison says as a first-generation Seventh-day Adventist, her mom had a hard time making friends in their church.

    ALISON: She definitely believed in a lot of the things that makes that church what it is, but I think that she was just different enough from the people that had been in it their whole lives that she didn't feel like she belonged.

    DAN: When her mom passed away, Alison was living in Chicago. But she needed a change. The first place she went: the Upper Peninsula. That’s when she found herself back here at Whitefish Point for the first time as an adult. Another escape.

    ALISON: I just picked up on a flock of distant – I believe that they're red-throated loons. They’re probably six or eight miles out.

    DAN: Alison says loon flocks fly loosely – almost like constellations moving through the sky. Now, common loons are some of her favorite birds to watch.

    ALISON: I guess my loving loon flight as much as I do now has been an atonement for me saying that it was a trash bird when I was a smart little kid.

    DAN: Alison says sometimes birding can instill a mindset of just checking birds off a list. To focus on the status of a bird, instead of what she calls “the essence of a bird.”

    ALISON: It's more about conquest, and I'm more about connection.

    DAN: Today, Alison Világ orients her entire life around migration. In the spring and fall, she’s counting birds. In the summer, she bartends to make money. And in the winter, she writes. She also left the Seventh-day Adventist church in her early twenties.

    ALISON: When I'm immersed in a season of migration, counting is definitely the closest thing to, you know, a Biblical example of a good person – just to use that as a marker. I'm living from a space of love and care and consideration.

    DAN: At the end of every migration season, Alison is sad to leave this place. She says Whitefish Point is a place where she never feels stagnant. It’s her paradise.

    ALISON: Long hours of quiet and figuring out who you are and who you want to be. It's a good place to do that. Oh boy, there’s a distant long-tail flock that’s pretty big. With a scoter flying with them.

    WILLOW: That story was produced by Dan Wanschura for Points North, a podcast about the land, water, and inhabitants of the Great Lakes region. It was edited by Morgan Springer.

    You can listen to more episodes of Points North wherever you get your podcasts. And even if you don’t live in the region, I think you’ll enjoy their stories. Points North is a production of Interlochen Public Radio.

    As for Alison Világ, she’s currently working on a book that explores North America's vulnerable bird populations through the lens of her own vulnerability as a woman, alone, on the road. You can learn more about Alison at our website, outtherepodcast.com.

    Coming up next time on Out There …

    DEMETRIA LYNN: I was always in the dirt digging up – I used to love centipedes more than anything.

    WILLOW: Demetria Lynn has always loved science.

    DEMETRIA: The bigger and weirder the bug, the better.

    WILLOW: But growing up, she hit one roadblock after another. Tune in on June 13 for a story about silencing the critics that are holding you back.

    Not too long ago, I did something absolutely wonderful. I went down to Rocky Mountain National Park and did a bike ride on Trail Ridge Road. If you’re not familiar with it, Trail Ridge Road is this spectacular route through the park. It goes up to more than 12,000 feet in elevation, and you get breathtaking views of all the high peaks.

    Each winter, the road closes. And in the spring, there’s this window of time where bicycles are allowed before it reopens to cars. So I biked it during that window. And it was gorgeous. I had this giant grin on my face the entire time.

    But the reason I’m telling you this is because when we got to the turnaround point, I’m standing there looking at all these beautiful mountains and I found myself wondering which one was which.

    So I pulled out my phone and used the PeakVisor app. PeakVisor is our presenting sponsor this season. Their app helps you identify mountains when you’re out on adventures. Check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    If you’d like to do something nice for Out There, consider leaving us a review on Apple Podcasts, or wherever you’re listening right now. Five-star ratings and words of praise make a huge difference for us. They help us reach new listeners, and that is key to our success. If you’ve already left us a review, thank you so much.

    Out There is produced by me, Willow Belden. Our audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our interns are Katie Reuther and Maria Ordovas-Montanes. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold.

    We’ll see you in two weeks. And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Credits

Links

 
 

This episode sponsored by PeakVisor

 

1,000 Hours Outdoors

What if solitude in nature isn’t calming for you?

Amber Von Schassen challenged herself to spend 1,000 hours outdoors in 2023 (Photo courtesy Amber Von Schassen)

Season 6 | Episode 4

Many of us go outside because the quiet is calming. But what if silence isn’t calming for you? What if it’s the opposite? Could you still find a way to love it?

In this episode, Florida-based producer Amber Von Schassen explores why silence in the outdoors is so unsettling for her, and shares what happened when she tried to get over her fear by spending 1,000 hours outdoors.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    WILLOW BELDEN: Support for Out There comes from PeakVisor. PeakVisor is a navigation app that helps you make the most of your time in the mountains.

    They have 3-D trail maps to help you plan out hikes. They have photos of summits all over the world, to get you excited about upcoming adventures. And there’s even a peak-bagging feature, so you can keep track of your accomplishments.

    If you’d like to be a superhero of outdoor navigation, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    WILLOW: Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    This season is all about silence.

    For some of us, silence is golden. It’s something we actively seek out. It’s why we go outside. Because that quiet — that stillness that you find in nature — is deeply calming.

    But that’s not the case for everyone. Some people really struggle with silence. And today, we’re going to hear from one of those people.

    This is a story about what happens when silence sparks panic. And it’s about going outdoors, in hopes of conquering your fears.

    Amber Von Schassen has the story. And just so you know, this episode describes a shooting and includes adult language.

    AMBER VON SCHASSEN: I love a challenge. Not a hard, strenuous challenge. More like, what if I woke up every day at sunrise?

    APRIL: So it would go like beep, beep, beep, beep, beep.

    AMBER: That’s my mom, describing the oven timer I used as an alarm clock that year.

    APRIL:  And so even though my door would be closed and I was across the house, I would hear it. And my little Amber was fast asleep in her room, ignoring the timer.

    AMBER: And then there was the challenge where I ate every meal with another person for a month. Here’s my old housemate, Robby.

    ROBBY: I think the best moment of the entire thing for me was when you asked me if I would still be sitting at the table eating food in like 15 minutes because you wanted to run to Popeye's and get a sandwich.

    AMBER: I’ve done about a dozen of these challenges. No meat Mondays. Read a book from every European Union country. 100-day Duolingo streak. You get the point. Arbitrary. Fun. A little challenging. Those are my go-tos.

    And then, in December of 2022, I saw a video on TikTok.

    TIKTOCK VIDEO: It's officially our third year attempting the 1,000 Hours Outside Challenge, and boy, has it been one of my favorite.

    TIKTOK VIDEO 2: Month two of our thousand hours outdoors challenge is wrapped and this is just really the best resolution I have ever made.

    TIKTOK VIDEO 3: So our one big goal for 2022 was to try and attempt 1,000 hours outside.

    AMBER: One thousand hours outside? I mean, how could I not do this?

    Imagining myself at the end of 2023 was exciting, thrilling even. I’d be a different person. No longer anchored to the AC, I’d be an experienced solo camper, who talks about composting toilets.

    Instead of spending my nights watching garbage TV, I’d use that precious time after work to go on nightly walks around my neighborhood. I’d discover a little slice of the beach where I’d go a few times a week just to catch the sunset by myself.

    But almost as soon as I’d downloaded the 1000 Hours app — yes, there’s an app — I realized this was actually gonna be kinda hard to pull off.

    First, if you break down 1,000 hours over the course of the year, that’s 2.74 hours a day. That’s a lot more than I thought it would be.

    And second, because I work during the day, I’d have to do a lot of this challenge at night.

    My first evening walk proved just how difficult this whole nighttime aspect of the challenge would be. I start my walk around my neighborhood. I live in Florida. Old live oaks with Spanish moss hang down over the brick roads. The front lawns are covered in tropical plants and native shrubs. It’s really dreamy.

    But someone’s up ahead.

    My breath feels shallow now. What if this person has bad intentions? What if they attack me?

    The spiral starts. If I walk in the center of the street, I have a better vantage point to see if anyone is running up to me. And plus, that way, if someone does come up, I would be equidistant from both houses lining the street. Someone will hear my scream, right?

    Shocker — it turned out fine. Yes, my residential neighborhood where people leave their doors unlocked and host porch parties was absolutely safe. The person in the street, they were a neighbor.

    But that doesn’t change how I felt. And how I almost always feel. My brain does this. Almost every day, and in just about any situation where I’m alone and it’s dark outside, I start to panic.

    It hasn’t always been like this. In fact, I know exactly when everything shifted. It was the summer between high school and college.

    MATT: It was the World Cup, Germany versus Brazil.

    AMBER: That’s my friend, Matt. He’s tall, almost over-sized. Like he’s still growing into his full, man-sized body.

    MATT: And we were drinking a shitload.

    AMBER: I paint myself in Germany’s colors, Matt trounces around wearing nothing but denim cutoffs and a German flag, wrapped around his neck like a cape.

    MATT: I remember we were playing a game where we would like do a shot every time there was a goal scored, which ended up being crazy because Germany scored like eight goals or something like that in that game.

    AMBER: We smoke cigarettes until our teeth feel hollow, and by 2:30 in the morning, Matt and I are the only ones still up and we’re out of cigarettes. So we start walking to the convenience store, five dollars cash in hand, and totally barefoot.

    In Florida, that summer heat can feel oppressive. Your skin feels slick, not with sweat but just from the wetness of the air on your body. And growing up, I loved this air. It meant I could stay out late with friends, taking turns staying at each other’s houses and jumping in the pool with all our clothes on.

    This night, it feels joyful in the same way.

    MATT: I remember walking down Ostley. We crossed the cul-de-sac. I walked down that street a million times, still do…

    AMBER: And walking together, it’s perfectly quiet. I feel so wholly myself around Matt. My footsteps are loud and brave.

    But a few minutes into the walk, the air changes.

    A guy jumps out of a car. His footsteps are much louder than ours. He’s running with purpose until he’s in front of us.

    My skin feels like it's on fire now.

    Staring at us, his eyes become big, almost bursting out of his face.

    MATT: And I think he pushed you, you tripped, I'm not sure what happened. But I remember you falling over first. And then I turned to you, because you were on the ground.

    AMBER: Matt’s staring at me. I’m staring at the guy with the big eyes. And he’s staring at Matt. And that’s when I realize, the guy with the big eyes, he has a gun.

    MATT: And then, that's when he shot me.

    AMBER The guy shoots Matt, through his elbow, and into his spine. Then, he runs.

    MATT: And then he got into a car that was waiting that had come out from the cul-de-sac where he had been and got into the car and drove off.

    AMBER: I think about this a lot. About why he came after us. About why he never asked us for our money. Why he didn’t even try to take the five dollars. Neither of us know.

    MATT: And I remember crouching down because you were still on the ground at that point and I noticed all the blood coming down the side of my leg.

    AMBER: It’s somehow so much worse than the movies. Blood pools on the sidewalk, on the road. It’s all over his body, and then somehow my arms are just covered in Matt’s blood.

    Matt takes off his shirt. We wrap it around his arm, not realizing that it’s actually his back that’s bleeding out. We don’t even have our phones on us, so we have to walk back to the house like this. Both of us, barefoot. Matt shirtless. His blood all over us.

    Now, I feel like I’m suffocating from the humidity. That comfort of the quiet is gone. I just want it all to end.

    We take Matt to the hospital. The bullet was only a centimeter from his spinal cord.

    He spends a few days there and the police say they’re investigating it as a homicide.

    MATT: The cops came by and rolled their eyes at us for about 30 minutes and we never heard from them again.

    AMBER: A few days later, Matt’s released from the hospital and everything slides back into place. We throw another party at the house.

    Everyone’s drinking themselves into oblivion in celebration of Matt’s heroic return to the shitty college house.

    MATT: We had completely different experiences, and I'm really sorry about that.

    AMBER: For Matt, it was a miracle.

    MATT: There's no, there's no doubt about it. The bullet passed through my elbow, and I have full use. I have full mobility. That's insane.

    Not to mention the fact that it's in my spine, which is not a great place to get shot. And I walked home. That's crazy. That is crazy.

    AMBER: For me, it wasn’t a crazy miracle. It was a loud, blaring, and shocking alarm: the world isn’t safe. A terrible thing happened to me. And more terrible things could happen at any moment.

    Later that summer, I have my first panic attack. I’m with a few friends in New Orleans. It’s night time and a friend wants to walk through the French Quarter together.

    We’re in the road, wandering, and then the air turns. I’m no longer in my body.

    Everything’s hot; the sounds around me couldn’t possibly be any louder. I cry and I start yelling, “Why are we even here?”

    A day or two after that, I have another panic attack. Then, I leave for college. The panic attacks continue.

    One semester, I carried an umbrella around at night, just in case someone attacked me on the street again. It didn’t make much sense, but it made me feel safer.

    It’s been like that ever since the shooting. If I think about it hard enough, I get sad about how irreversibly changed my life was by the shooting.

    Like it stripped me of the fearlessness that was so embedded in my identity up until that moment. And it made me terrified: of the silence, of being alone, of being outdoors at night.

    Which is all to say: I didn’t realize it when I made up this challenge for myself, but spending a thousand hours outside isn’t just about getting out into nature, it’s about me pushing past this. About not panicking every time I’m outside and alone, and most of all, it’s about regaining some of what was taken away from me.

    But that was a lot harder than I expected. Throughout the year, instead of trying to muscle through my fear, I shrank back. I did everything I could to avoid being alone, to avoid putting myself in situations that would trigger panic for me. Which meant convincing a lot of friends to spend a lot of time outside with me.

    And this wasn’t a bad thing. I made a lot of new friends.I got to know people who would go camping and paddle boarding and do sunrise walks with me. We'd spend long, lazy Saturdays at the state park. And on weekdays, I made sure there was always someone to join me for beach yoga or sunset walks.

    It was working — I was getting in my hours. And I loved meeting all these new people and expanding my community. But at some point, I started to worry. These activities were fun, but they weren’t actually addressing the foundation of the challenge. I wanted to spend time alone outside, in the quiet, the dark, looking at the stars totally solo. I wanted to push past my fears.

    And with only 159 hours to go, it feels like I kind of have to do something that really pushes me toward that goal. So, I decide to go camping — by myself, for an entire weekend.

    [Car door closes, car starts]

    AMBER: I should not feel nervous about going car camping by myself. Like, I'm sure there's a Walmart within 15 minutes of where I'm going. [laughs] Like, how scared can she be if there's a Walmart? [laughs]

    Apparently, really scared.

    When I arrive at Rainbow River State Park, I realize I’m very much not by myself. The campground is full. Crowded, even.

    I start to wonder if this even counts as solo camping.

    But even with other people around me, I still feel really alone.

    The sky is like that, almost gray blue, like, before it's dark, there's not reds or oranges or pinks in the sky. And I get so much more scared in this light, and I really wish that wasn't the case. But like, right now, I'm safe, I'm at a state park.

    I start trying to rationalize the situation in my head.

    In theory, it doesn't make any sense for someone to give the state park person their ID, to get a camping site that you have to fight for, literally wake up at the ass crack of dawn to get a camping site. And then for that person to want to come and hurt me, and yet, all I find myself doing is looking behind my back.

    And it's so weird, because I see all these people here who aren't doing that. And so much of my adulthood has been consumed by doing that.

    What gets me about all this isn’t just the fear. It all makes me really sad. Like, why does this happen? Why does this always happen?

    It feels like a lot of other people can enjoy something, and it's like I keep turning around and I don't feel safe no matter how many times I do it.

    It’s not long after this that I discover my saving grace: the other campers around me are loud. Like, really really loud.

    I'm whispering because my mouth is so close to the microphone and it would be so loud if I was speaking at a full volume. But I just want to say, I'm, I'm grinning. Like, I am literally ear to ear, grinning, smiling, listening to other people's conversations. It’s crazy!

    So, another shocker: I survived a single night at a state park campground, surrounded by families and RVers. But it wasn’t fun. I was scared, until I finally exhausted myself with my anxiety and fell asleep.

    When the sun rises, I’m back in my element. My plan is to go paddleboarding down Rainbow River. And that means people time. For me, paddleboarding is a social sport.

    I head off to Rainbow Spring, where the river starts. A lot of people will tell you about the springs in Florida. There’s thousands of them dotting the state, from the northern Florida-Georgia border, all the way down to the Everglades.

    Some are huge, some are tiny. Little sinkholes in the ground where teenagers go to get drunk and jump from rope swings.

    People will tell you about how crystal clear the water is; about how Wakulla Springs, the Spring I grew up going to, looks to be about 10 feet deep. You can see every small rock, every piece of seagrass, every little gar. But in reality, Wakulla Springs is 185 feet deep. It connects to one of the largest underwater cave systems in the world.

    They’re genuinely breathtaking. And it’s this wonderful sense of awe that’s drawn me to them over the course of this year. I’ve developed a real love for the interior of Florida, where springs are overflowing with manatees, gators, birds, and other wildlife.

    But what I love most about the springs is the community they bring.

    Like, on the day I visit, there’s a couple setting up a breakfast picnic on the hill overlooking the headspring, a family arguing about who can stay in the longest, and a woman with a giant mermaid tail is just shimmying out of the water.

    The water is cold. I jump in anyway.

    And then, I get on my paddleboard and take off down the river.

    A few minutes in, I see a line of three kayakers. The first kayak fits two people, and the woman in the front is laying back. Behind her, a man is paddling and they’re propelled by a motor that they’ve jerry-rigged to the kayak. And behind them, they’re towing two other kayakers, who are also laying down.

    That's really quite the setup. Honestly, you've got a propeller there.

    KAYAKER: You want a ride? Hop on the back if you wanna…

    AMBER: [laughs] I love that.

    As I float down the river, I talk to everyone I see. I can’t help myself. I love a river chat.

    Are y'all staying at Chimera?

    OTHER PERSON: Yeah.

    AMBER: It's so great, my book club rented it out a couple weeks ago. Other than the 5,000 page manual, it's amazing.

    OTHER PEOPLE: Yes, yes. We just met Hal in person.

    AMBER: Shut up!

    OTHER PEOPLE: Yes, yes. [laughter] He was at the other place.

    AMBER: Which is all to say: Maybe I actually love being out on the river because I love these interactions. I often joke that the only thing better than offering to take a group of people’s picture for them is river chatter.

    Eventually I arrive at my destination, Swampy’s. A riverside restaurant where you can deboard and pick up a cold beer and a burger. It’s small talk heaven.

    I get to chatting at the bar. This time I’m not confined to the current of the river, and we can talk for as long as we want.

    I love this, but I feel a little disappointed in myself. Like, this whole trip is supposed to be totally focused on myself and being in solitude, and here I am talking to a group of 70-year-olds about what a podcast is.

    It feels like I’m not actually getting over my fears, but instead just leaning into my coping mechanisms of filling the quiet with noise.

    So I decide to head back to my campsite, adamant that the solitude tonight will be joyful and restful.

    And honestly, it’s not. I get spooked at any sound. I don’t like being by myself.

    The only thing that calms me down is knowing that this will be over tomorrow. I’ll pack up, and return to my very, very noisy life.

    And that’s what I did. I got back to St. Pete, an unchanged woman.

    Except for an hour-long nap in a hammock, I spent the remaining hours of the challenge with other people. I finished the year at 1,013 hours.

    As I get older, I start to notice things about myself that don’t change. That won’t change. Like, I’m bad at laundry, bad at keeping my socks together, and even worse at separating my whites from my colors.

    It’s easy to accept that. After all, who proudly says that they’re good — maybe even great — at laundry?

    But being afraid of the dark? Of the quiet? That’s fucking pathetic.

    Or maybe, and bear with me because I’m still working on accepting this part of myself, maybe that’s just a part of me too. And that’s okay.

    At least in the outdoor community, we put silence on a pedestal. And so when you don’t like that, when that silence scares you, it’s easy to feel inadequate, like you don’t really belong in that community.

    But maybe in all of this, there’s also something special, that I’ve found and that others maybe see past: the noise can be fun. Really fun.

    Like, the clitter clatter of glasses clinking together at a garden party, of deep belly laughs around a fire, and big loud footsteps stomping into our next adventure together.

    Almost 1,000 of my 1,000 hours outside have been spent with my dearest community, people who make me, me.

    This year, instead of trying to embrace the quiet, I'm leaning into my love of loudness. My resolution is to host 56 gatherings at my house. Big dinners, small get-togethers, maybe a few parties. But mostly, I just want to make a shit ton of noise with the people I love.

    WILLOW: That was Amber Von Schassen. She’s a writer and producer living in St. Pete, Florida. You can see more of her work at ambervonschassen.com. And if you want to see how she’s doing with her 2024 resolution, you can follow her on Instagram at @AmberGlamber.

    Coming up next time on Out There, we’ll have a special guest episode from a podcast called Points North.

    ALISON VILÁG: There’s some black-bellied plover calling, distantly. [Whistles]. Sometimes you can whistle them in. [Whistles]. They’re going to the Arctic too.

    WILLOW: How birds helped one woman break free from other people’s expectations.

    Tune in on May 30th to hear that story.

    If you’ve ever gone on a trip with me, you know how much I love maps. City maps, trail maps, maps of lakes — I love them all. So much.

    But there’s a problem. Oftentimes, when you’re out in the backcountry, your map only shows you the immediate vicinity. And that makes it hard to know what you’re looking at. Let’s say you’re out on a hike. You stop at a viewpoint. You see mountains off in the distance, and you want to know what they are. But your map doesn’t go that far.

    This is where an app called PeakVisor comes in handy.

    PeakVisor is our presenting sponsor this season. When you open up their app, it determines where you are, and then it shows you a panorama of everything you’re looking at, with all the mountains labeled.

    They also have 3-D maps to help you plan out your trips, and a peak-bagging feature to keep track of your accomplishments.

    If you’d like to be a superhero of outdoor navigation, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Today’s story was written and narrated by Amber Von Schassen. Story editing and sound design by me, Willow Belden.

    Out There’s audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our interns are Katie Reuther and Maria Ordovas-Montanes. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold.

    Special thanks to all our listeners who are supporting Out There with financial contributions, including Amy Strieter, Eric Biederman, Doug Frick, Tara Joslin, Sue and Gary Peters, and Deb and Vince Garcia. Gifts from listeners make this podcast possible. If you’d like to get in on the fun, go to patreon.com/outtherepodcast. Patreon is a crowd-funding platform that lets you make monthly contributions to projects you care about. Like this podcast.

    That’s it for this episode. We’ll see you in two weeks. And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Credits

  • Story by Amber Von Schassen

  • Story editing and sound design by Willow Belden

  • Music includes works from Blue Dot Sessions and Storyblocks

Links

 
 

This episode sponsored by PeakVisor

 

The Tonic of Silence

How silence in nature impacts our mental health

Gerry Seavo James, Niki DiGaetano, Mark Sheeran, Lauren Jones, Anastasia Allison, Sanjana Sekhar, JD Reinbott, Wade Roush, Eric Biderman, Francesca Turauskis, and Diedre Wolownick

Season 6 | Episode 3

For many of us, getting outside is more than just fun; it’s how we find inner stillness.

In honor of Mental Health Awareness Month, we decided to turn the mic over to you, our community. We asked how silence in nature has been significant to your mental health.

On this episode, we’re sharing some of our favorite responses.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    WILLOW BELDEN: Have you ever had a situation where you’re out on a hike, and you see a mountain off in the distance, and you want to know what it is? Lucky for you, there’s an app that can help with that. It’s called PeakVisor.

    PeakVisor is our presenting sponsor this season. When you open up their app, it shows you a panorama of everything you’re looking at, with all the peaks labeled. They also have intricate 3D maps to help you plan out your adventures.

    If you’d like to be a superhero of outdoor navigation, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    This season is all about silence. Each episode, we’re exploring how we find stillness amidst the noise — whether that’s literal or figurative. And this is a special episode, where we’ve turned the mic over to you, our listeners.

    About a year ago, someone left us a review on Apple Podcasts that really made me smile. It said, “Willow’s stories and interviews always give me a sense of calmness almost like the feeling I have when I’m in the wilderness.”

    That’s a sentiment we hear often – that this podcast somehow evokes a sense of peace. That it harnesses the power of nature to bring about inner stillness. I can’t tell you how happy this makes me. Tapping into that peace – that stillness – has always been one of my goals for Out There.

    And so today – in honor of Mental Health Awareness Month – we’re leaning into that and diving deep into the connection between nature and emotional wellness. We started by posing a question to our community. We asked how silence in nature has been significant to your mental health. And in this episode, we’re sharing some of our favorite stories and insights from all of you.

    ANASTASIA ALLISON: Hi, my name is Anastasia Allison. I’m the founder of Kula Cloth, and I’m also the violinist for a small duo called the Musical Mountaineers.

    I am a lifelong violinist. I started playing violin when I was four years old. And it was always done in a really traditional way. I would learn songs and then eventually play them at a recital, where inevitably people would clap as soon as I was done playing.

    In 2017, my friend Rose Freeman and I had this idea. We thought, ‘What if we carried a violin and a piano or a keyboard out into the wilderness and played a concert at sunrise for nobody?’ And so we woke up at 11 o'clock at night and drove to this trailhead, and we got there at two in the morning, and we hiked in the dark by the light of our headlamps up to this spot just below the summit of a peak, where we stood on these big granite slabs.

    And there was sort of this moment before we started playing, like the whole universe was just holding its breath, waiting to see what happened.

    And then there was music.

    And then when we were done, it just sort of faded back into that silence. It was like an opening to something that was always there, and oddly enough, it was something that I had never heard before. Because that moment of silence is usually covered up by applause or talking or even my own thoughts at times.

    A few years ago we had the opportunity to climb to a peak with a reporter, and we played a song on this sort of snowy rock garden. And as soon as we were done, he sort of sat there in silence and then said, “Don't take this the wrong way, but the moment after you finish playing is just as beautiful as the music.” And I knew exactly what he was talking about.

    WADE ROUSH: Last year, I moved from an apartment that was deep in the heart of Cambridge, Massachusetts, in the busiest part of town, to a house in the high desert outside of Sante Fe, New Mexico.

    This is Wade Roush. I’m the producer of Soonish, which is one of Out There’s sister shows at the Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    Before I left Cambridge, I made a point of going out on my balcony with a sound meter app to measure the loudness of the traffic noise and the general roar of the city. And it was usually in the range of 65 decibels, which is sort of like putting your ear up against a dishwasher.

    Now, when I go out on my patio here in Sante Fe and sample the noise levels with the same app, it’s usually around 35 decibels, which is more like people whispering in a library.

    Now you’ve gotta remember, the decibel scale is logarithmic, so a 65-decibel sound is actually 1,000 times more intense than a 35-decibel sound.

    So now you understand part of the reason I moved. The incessant noise of the big city was starting to drive me crazy. But out here in the desert, I feel like my mind and spirit can open up a bit.

    WILLOW: This is a common theme that we heard over and over again – that many of you are intentional about chasing silence. That there’s something inherently healing about getting away from all the noise. But why is that, exactly? What is it about silence that’s so beneficial for us? Why do we seek it out?

    NIKI DIGAETANO: Hi there, my name’s Niki DiGaetano, and I am a writer, backpacker, and death doula living in Salt Lake City, Utah.

    Two years ago, I went on a 900-mile-long section hike of the Appalachian Trail. And for most of that trip, so basically from West Virginia up through Vermont, I didn't use my earbuds at all. I didn't listen to any music when I was hiking.

    It gave me some clarity as to some struggles I was dealing with off trail, such as the racist treatment of my ex, my now ex-partner's parents. They had given me like this giant crisis around being Chinese American. Like I had never really thought about it in the context of, ‘Oh, my face is problematic for people.’ But now I was, because they explicitly said, “If you date an Asian girl, we'll disown you.” And they were talking to their son, of course, who was my ex.

    And I remember this one morning, just kind of immersed in the emptiness that is the nature and the silence of it, of just walking through this sunlit field, and I kind of stopped dead. And I thought to myself, ‘Does any of this matter?’ Like when it comes to my partner's parents, like, ‘Does any of this matter?’

    And the answer was, ‘It doesn't.’ You know, I had been so affected by the racist comments and treatment that like I was, before I left for trail, I had been doing things like googling plastic surgery to alter my face, to please these people. And I was just really hyper fixated on it.

    And I believe that being out there in the woods and on the trail, on this journey, in this silence of nature, was really healing to just, I guess, my soul. It really gave my mind space for clarity. And I very much understand now why like forest bathing and forest and wilderness therapy is such a huge component, and I wish it was more talked about nowadays. So thank you.

    JD REINBOTT: Hi there, my name is JD Reinbott, and I am a marine conservationist as well as a queer rights activist who is currently based in the Florida Keys.

    SANJANA SEKHAR: My name is Sanjana Sekhar, and I'm a writer, filmmaker, and climate activist.

    JD: As a diver, I spend obviously a lot of time out on the water. It is my happy place. And I always find that whenever I have a lot on my mind, whether it's good things or bad things, the moment I back roll or giant stride off of a boat and slip below the ocean surface, all of those thoughts just go away.

    SANJANA: The immersive sensory experience of being outside takes you out of your mind and into your body. It allows me to just connect to what's happening around me right now and not be worrying about yesterday or tomorrow.

    MARK SHEERAN: Hello, my name is Mark Sheeran. I am 64 years old, and I'm a retired high school teacher and cross country coach. When I go running, I never take any music with me. I never listen to any podcasts. Rather, I just allow myself the silence of letting nature sort of come to me, whether it's through the wind, the birds, the trees.

    SANJANA: The roar of a rushing river or the gossip of the birds.

    MARK: The sound of my feet hitting the ground as one and feeling really connected to the earth.

    JD: There's no outside noise. You're just sitting underwater, and the only thing you can hear is the sound of your breath and the crackling of life underwater.

    SANJANA: It interrupts the otherwise non-stop flow of thoughts and simulations and worries, the way that the information age has all of our minds constantly on. I feel like being outdoors flips that switch and silences the buzz.

    JD: And looking up at the sun glistening through the water and reflecting down on me, and just looking around at the fish living their lives, the small little critters — everything that you see when you're diving —it just makes my mind go blank and makes me stop thinking about my bills or the work that I'm doing or the awkward conversation that I wish I had said things differently.

    MARK: What it does for me more than anything else is it allows me to process emotions and allows me a lot more clarity.

    SANJANA: It quiets my overactive mind.

    JD: And just finally allows me to go still and to stop thinking.

    MARK: An example of this is while I was teaching, frequently I would hit a stumbling block on a lesson plan, and when I would go out and run and think about my class, when I would finish, I would always have a solution.

    JD: And for me, I've always found that peace, that bliss, that state of stillness, such an escape.

    SANJANA: And this should be accessible to everyone, but much like outdoor recreation itself, physical and mental health are also gate kept in our society because of racism and classism, sexism, ableism. I think that because of that, tapping into healing in nature is a pretty radical act, whether it's just sticking your head out the window for a breath of fresh air or sitting in a patch of grass, a family park day or hiking, biking, climbing. When you let that healing flow through you, that's powerful for you and for your community, and for our planet as a whole.

    GERRY SEAVO JAMES: My name is Gerry Seavo James. I live in Frankfort, Kentucky, ancestral homelands of the Cherokee, Osage, and Shawnee, and I serve as one of the deputy campaign directors for the Sierra Club's Outdoors for All campaign.

    You know, when you think about nature, you think about outdoor recreation, a big thing is going there for freedom. Going there to be silent and going there to, you know, kind of like free your mind. And, you know, that's a large part for me. Like I go into nature to have fun, to challenge myself, to reset, to see really awesome scenic vistas and kind of like, be carefree.

    I'm a big paddle boarder. I'm a kayak, stand up paddle boarding, canoe instructor, like certified through the American Canoe Association. I've paddled thousands of miles across this country.

    One day, I went out to go paddle Laurel River Lake here in Kentucky. And I was just paddling my paddleboard, you know, getting my miles in, getting my scenic vista quota in, and these folks saw me in a powerboat and they immediately began hooting and hollering at me and saying stuff like, “Can you swim? Great to see someone like you out here. Let's see…” And then what they did was, they spun the boat around, and they waked me in the boat, waked me with their boat's wake to see if I would fall off my board.

    And that was just very interesting how, you know, for me, I was going out there to get that silence — quote unquote “silence” — but, to get that peace, get that zen, and have fun. And here, because of who I am and what I look like, you know, that was disrupted. It puts you on alarm. It's like, am I going to go out there and get that silence and get that Zen and have that fun without having, you know, someone be threatened by me or view me as an oddity?

    I don't necessarily go out in nature and I'm looking for complete silence, complete quietness. Like, I don't mind someone having like a boom box or playing their music and stuff like that. But when I say “silence,” I guess I'm using it as like peace. Like, we are, we are all out in nature respecting each other, having fun, smiling, being happy, and just like holding space for each other.

    WILLOW: So Gerry raises an interesting point – this idea that silence isn’t always literal. A lot of times, when we’re searching for silence, what we actually want is metaphorical silence, inner stillness. And in fact, as a few of you pointed out, literal silence isn’t even always attainable.

    FRANCESCA TURAUSKIS: My name is Francesca Turauskis. I am an audio producer and a writer, and I’m based in West Sussex.

    DIERDRE WOLOWNICK: I’m Dierdre Wolownick. I am an author, a marathoner, and Alex Honnold’s mom.

    FRANCESCA: I don’t think I have ever been in silence in nature.

    DIERDRE: There is no silence in nature. Step out into your backyard.

    FRANCESCA: Right now, I am sat outside.

    DIERDRE: No matter where you live.

    FRANCESCA: And I can hear birds.

    DIERDRE: You will hear birds. Even if it’s just pigeons cooing outside your highrise city apartment.

    FRANCESCA: I can hear a squirrel in the trees.

    DIERDRE: You’ll hear insects.

    FRANCESCA: I can hear some of the leaves rustling in the wind.

    DIERDRE: Have you ever had the pleasure of hearing a tree filled with cicadas?

    FRANCESCA: But also, being in nature, I think we shouldn’t have silence.

    DIERDRE: In our busy lives, we’re taught to focus on what’s important, and to block out the rest.

    FRANCESCA: A silent nature is something that is desolate.

    DIERDRE: Nature is an incredible symphony. It is not silence. It’s life happening all around us.

    FRANCESCA: And it is that noise in nature which helps with my mental health.

    DIERDRE: It’s very important to our mental health.

    FRANCESCA: Because if I’m left to my own devices in silence, that’s when thoughts might start ruminating in a way which aren’t necessarily healthy. If there is some external noise, some external nature that I can focus on, that’s what helps me to clear my head.

    DIERDRE: And it allows us to hear the things that are important and can heal us.

    ERIC BIEDERMANN: I’m Eric Biedermann, and I’m from Albuquerque, New Mexico. Silence in nature is something I can never truly have. I live with chronic tinnitus, a constant ringing of the ears that I’ve had as long as I can remember. Essentially, my brain fills any sound void or silence with a constant “eeeee” noise that only I can hear.

    I’m fortunate that my case is mild. It’s just a nuisance that I can suppress with other sound. However, severe cases of tinnitus can be debilitating, with the most extreme cases having catastrophic impacts on mental health.

    So I’m grateful to nature because it often solves this problem by providing a soundtrack. Whether it’s a cool breeze, the flow of a mountain stream, or birdsong, nature often obliges by giving my brain something else to latch onto. So while silence in nature isn’t possible for me, focusing on the music it provides is a good alternative.

    WILLOW: Medical conditions like Eric’s can have very real impacts on our mental health. And several of you talked about this — about needing a distraction from health-related issues.

    Our last guest is someone named Lauren Jones. And while her situation is nothing like Eric’s, she too found that nature provided a kind of remedy or solace as she navigated a tough reality.

    LAUREN JONES: Hi there. They call me Yard Sale. The true essence of Yard Sale was my thru-hike on the Colorado Trail during the summer of 2020, after the loss of our first embryo via IVF. We have since then lost six more embryos in the last four years.

    So I found my trail journal, and on day 28, day 28 of 40 – because I chose the last 40 days of my 40th year of life to thru-hike the Colorado Trail, I literally hiked out on my 41st birthday – but back then on day 28, I'm about 100 or something miles away from being complete, and I mooned the moon.

    It's just me and the moon. It's quiet. My cheeks kissing the sky that's dark and starlit, with this giant brightness of moonlight, charging my spirit, charging my soul, charging me to keep going, to continue feeling what the trail has taught me, which is that I'm not broken. That my body isn't broken. That we aren't broken.

    We can do hard things. Every climb is temporary. Every decline and descent is relief, and it's met with water and nourishment and gentleness. And yet we keep climbing and keep aiming, and the trail provides. It's phenomenal, what the wilderness and what silence does for our mental wellness, for our self care, and the forever teachings of just living life in general.

    In the last 24 hours, we have just lost our seventh embryo. So as I record this in 2024, the silence in the wilderness found in 2020 has brought me forward in so many more of my life journeys. And I know that I can get through it. I trust the trail. The trail provides. We will get through this. I'll continue to moon the moon, and we'll see ya on the other side. In the silence, in the wilderness, in our aspiring journey to become parents, we will begin again.

    WILLOW: This episode was produced by Sheeba Joseph and me, Willow Belden, with help from Katie Reuther and Maria Ordovas-Montanes. Sound design by me, Willow Belden. Music includes works from Blue Dot Sessions, Story Blocks, and the Musical Mountaineers.

    Coming up next time on Out There…

    AMBER VON SCHASSEN: I am literally ear-to-ear grinning, smiling.

    WILLOW: What if you challenged yourself to spend a thousand hours outdoors? Tune in on May 16 for a story about going outside in order to overcome your fears.

    This summer, Out There is co-hosting an evening of campfire stories here in southeast Wyoming. And we’re looking for storytellers who’d like to participate.

    If you’d like to be one of our storytellers, please get in touch by May 11. Just click the link in the episode description to learn more.

    Alright, I am out for a bike ride, and I am at a spot here where I can see three different mountain ranges. And I only know what one of them is. And I’m always curious what the other two are.

    Lucky for me, there’s an app that can help. It’s called PeakVisor.

    Alright, so I’ve opened up PeakVisor. It’s thinking.

    The app shows me a panorama of everything I’m looking at, with all the mountains labeled.

    Oh wow, okay. So I am looking all the way down into Rocky Mountain National Park.

    PeakVisor is our presenting sponsor this season. Their app has information on more than a million summits all over the world. Plus, they have detailed 3D maps to help you with your planning. If you’d like to be a superhero of outdoor navigation, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    A big thank you to everyone who participated in this episode, including Anastasia Allison, Eric Bidermann, Niki DiGaetano, Gerry Seavo James, Lauren Jones, JD Reinbott, Wade Roush, Sanjana Sekhar, Mark Sheeran, Francesca Turauskis, and Dierdre Wolownick.

    You can find links to the guests at our website, Outtherepodcast.com.

    Thank you also to everyone who submitted voice memos. We received more submissions than we were able to include in this episode, but we loved hearing from all of you, and we hope you’ll stay in touch.

    That’s it for this episode. We’ll see you in two weeks. And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Storytelling opportunity!

Out There is co-hosting an evening of campfire stories with Common Outdoor Ground this summer, and we’re looking for storytellers.

The event will be in southeast Wyoming in June. If you’d like to tell a story, please get in touch by May 11.

 

Episode Notes

Credits

  • This episode was produced by Sheeba Joseph and Willow Belden, with assistance from Katie Reuther and Maria Ordovas-Montanes

  • Sound design by Willow Belden

  • Music from Blue Dot Sessions, Story Blocks, and the Musical Mountaineers

Guests

Links

 
 

This episode sponsored by PeakVisor

 

My Dad’s Depression

Can you lead a loved one to happiness?

Paul Barach and his father at Joshua Tree National Park (photo courtesy Paul Barach)

Season 6 | Episode 2

For Paul Barach, hiking is an antidote to depression. Is it that way for everyone?

This episode takes us from Washington State to Joshua Tree National Park and explores what happens when we try to impose our own life solutions on a loved one.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    WILLOW BELDEN: Have you ever had a situation where you’re out on a hike, and you see a mountain off in the distance, and you want to know what it is? Lucky for you, there’s an app that can help. It’s called PeakVisor.

    PeakVisor is our presenting sponsor this season. When you open up their app, it shows you a panorama of everything you’re looking at, with all the peaks labeled. They also have intricate 3-D maps to help you plan out your adventures.

    If you’d like to be a superhero of outdoor navigation, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    This season is all about silence. Each episode, we’re exploring how we find stillness amidst the noise of life.

    But before we get to that, I want to tell you about an opportunity that’s coming up. This summer, Out There is partnering with a nonprofit called Common Outdoor Ground to co-host an evening of campfire stories. And we’re looking for three storytellers who’d like to participate. The event will be June 22. And it’s in person, here in southeast Wyoming. If you’re interested in being one of our storytellers, we would love to hear from you. Just click the link in the episode description. And be sure to send us your pitch by May 11th.

    And now, on to our story for today.

    When we find a cure for our problems, we tend to want to share it with others. Whether it’s a solution for insomnia, or a trick for being more productive at work — we have this urge to tell our loved ones about the things that are helping us. We want to fix their problems. And so we try to convince them to follow our lead.

    But what if they're not interested? Can you lead a loved one to happiness? Paul Barach has the story.

    And just so you know, this episode discusses depression.

    PAUL BARACH: If you don’t live with clinical depression: hey, lucky.

    You might think depression is feeling sad all the time, and you’re right. But it’s so much more than that. It’s this homesickness for a place you’ve never been. And it’s this black hole in the center of your chest that’s always threatening to consume you.

    I’ve been battling depression for most of my life. Sometimes it’s bad, and you just ache from all that homesickness. Sometimes it’s really bad, and all the color gets sucked out of the world.

    Occasionally, it’s not that bad. Occasionally.

    My dad kept telling me that I just needed to find a steady career and get back on medication, because that’s what worked for him, and who do you think I got my depression from?

    But A) I didn’t see medication working for him. And B) Tried that already. Didn’t work. So I’d just committed to white-knuckling through my life, but then I went on my first thru hike. And my very healthy plan changed.

    I was hiking The Wonderland Trail, a 90-mile loop around Mount Rainier. And less than a mile in I rounded this bend and looked up from my map. And I froze in place. It was the first view of the mountain from the trail. And it was so big. It was like you were circling a god. And I stood there, just saying “Wow.” Like, I couldn’t understand why everyone in Seattle wasn’t here.

    And the longer I stood there, the more I could hear this stillness, this silence underneath it all. And listening to that silence, the black hole reversed itself, and this joy filled my chest until I thought it would burst. The ache was gone. It felt like I’d finally come home.

    The hike was nine days. And for those nine days, I was happy. I’d stop beside creeks, in forests, or on a pass with Rainier in view, and just listen to that silence.

    And after I got back, the world was brighter for a couple of days. It wasn’t a magic cure. Nothing is. But for the moment, the black hole had stopped sucking so much. By the time the depression came back, I was already planning my next hike.

    And that’s how it went for the next couple years. I got outside any time I could, planned my freelancing work around backpacking trips, and hiked the Pacific Crest Trail. Three thousand miles of trail later, the void had become manageable. The outdoors had made me okay. Happy as often as I was sad. And in depression world, that’s basically reaching nirvana.

    And I wanted that same kind of happiness for my dad, because I was getting worried about him.

    Since turning seventy, his world had shrunk, and he was shrinking with it. His one remaining friend lived hours away. He barely went out. He worked in one room, exercised in another room, then drove to his office to work more, and finally came home to watch TV.

    The whole family could see him struggling, especially over the winters. But any time I tried to talk to him about it, he’d brush it off and then try to give me career advice, which I guess is a love language?

    I just KNEW if I could drag him out into nature, get him captivated by that silence like I was, it’d shake him out of it, at least for a couple of days. And maybe, after he got a taste of that brighter world, he’d want to get back out there more often. He was still in good health, and this felt like the last, best chance to help him.

    So I said we should go to a National Park. Just me and him. Father and son.

    And he said, “Great idea.”

    And then another year passed.

    So I asked again, and he said, “Sounds like a plan.”

    And more years passed, one of which there was a pandemic.

    And once we all got the shots, I asked again. And again and again, because where do you think I got my stubbornness from?

    And after five years of asking he finally said: “Okay. Let’s do Joshua Tree.” And I said, “Thank god. Great. I’ll handle the planning.”

    We’d been driving a dusty stretch of I-10 for a couple hours and I was looking over the agenda. The timing had worked out perfectly. I was unemployed, because there was a pandemic, so I had time. And I’d just had the third round of a job interview that I was a shoe-in for, so there was also money on the horizon. Best of all, this inoculated me from my dad’s career advice, so both of us could focus on the trip.

    After doing a bunch of research, I’d planned three hikes for us to do. They were easy enough that my dad could handle them, and they were supposed to have the best views in the park.

    The first one was a short sunset hike up Ryan Mountain, where we’d get a 360-degree view of the park. The second was a flat three miles to Willow Hole, where we’d get away from the tourists with some of the best rock formations in the park. And we’d finish off the third day with a short hike around Barker Dam, which came recommended as one of the few water views in this desert.

    I was hoping we’d do all three. I was expecting that we’d do two. At a minimum, I wanted to keep my dad from doing what he usually did on trips like this — which was go to the Starbucks to be on his tablet.

    I knew what I wanted out of this, but he’d been mostly silent on what he was hoping to see. And I’d been wondering, out of all the National Parks, why Joshua Tree? Like, did he come here once from San Diego as a teen? Was he looking for some desert sunshine after the Seattle winter? Or was it that the landscape was so different than anything in the Pacific Northwest?

    “Oh, because it’s your favorite,” he told me. “I remember you talking about it.” And I had talked about it, 10 years ago. But if I’d known he had no opinion on it, I’d have taken us to Sequoia National Park, which is my actual favorite, and also closer.

    It was quiet for a while until we passed Fontana, this sprawl of houses in a dusty stretch of nothing, when my dad broke the silence.

    “That’s where my half-uncle’s chicken farm was,” he said. “That’s where I first learned English.”

    It’s the first I’ve heard this part of my dad’s immigration story, which had always come to us in bits and pieces.

    Most of the family had been murdered in the Holocaust, with the survivors hiding out in a bunker beneath a farm in Poland for four years. For obvious reasons, they never cared to revisit that part of their life.

    But he remembered arriving in America, standing on the bow of a ship, and being amazed by a woman’s red nail polish. The luxury that represented.

    When they arrived in California, my dad was captivated by his half-uncle’s television. The first TV he’d ever seen in a home. Over the six months he spent watching baseball and I Love Lucy, he learned enough English to fit in at his first grade class. After school, he’d work in his parent’s grocery store, a job he had until he left for college.

    And after graduating college, my dad has had one other job his entire life. He’s a success by any measure, and I love him for all the hard work he put in. It gave our family a good life. But I knew he wasn’t fully enjoying his own. That’s why I couldn’t wait for my dad’s reaction to Joshua Tree.

    I pictured us sitting at a beautiful overlook. I’d put my arm around his shoulder and he’d say, “Wow” and finally get it, and just be happy in all that silence. And maybe after the trip, he’d get inspired to get out more and brighten up his world. That was my plan, anyway.

    WILLOW: Hey, it’s Willow. We’ll hear the rest of the story in a moment. But first, I want to tell you about another podcast I think you’ll like. It’s called Subtitle and it tells stories about languages and what they mean to us.

    Do polyglots have special skills? Why do we favor some accents over others? Do we think differently in different languages?

    You can hear about the fun debates an American linguist has with her British-born husband and daughter. Or how comedian Sugar Sammy decided to do four different standup shows, each in different languages. Or the incredible staying power of the Irish language.

    You’ll hear all this and much more on Subtitle: Stories about languages and the people who speak them. Listen to Subtitle wherever you get your podcasts, or at subtitlepod.com.

    And now, back to the story.

    PAUL: We both got excited once we pulled off the highway into Joshua Tree. It’s hard not to. Joshua Tree is like touching down on some alien planet.

    The trees look like Dr. Seuss drew them. These thin trunks with branches that contort towards the sky, ending in these long dagger-shaped leaves. And all around them are these towering boulder formations.

    The road wound past some old mining shafts, and I turned to my dad and said, “I’ll never understand it. How can you come out here and look at all this beauty, and only think of what you can extract from it?”

    “That’s because you’ve never been dirt poor, Paul,” my dad replied. And he’s right, but so am I.

    We drove past rows of vans on the side of the road, where climbers packed their gear up after another day on the crags. And finally, we pulled into the Ryan Mountain Trailhead.

    We started up the gentle sandy trail in good spirits. My dad said it felt great to be out of the Seattle gloom. And meanwhile, I was over the moon.

    After years of saying it would happen, and low-key doubting it would happen, we’re finally here. Father and son. About to experience this incredible place together. Maybe next year, we could do Sequoia.

    Midway through the hike, my dad started slowing down. He looked up at the top, and I could see him calculating exactly how many steps he had left in him, which was zero.

    And I tell him, “It’s only a quarter mile more, you know, just a couple hundred more feet.”

    And he waves me off and says, “Go on, enjoy it.” He’ll wait for me.

    And it’s like, come on. Like, we’re almost there. Like, just another quarter mile. But if I push him now, he’s gonna be too tired tomorrow. And I can’t just carry him up there, probably, so I leave him there and jog the last bit up

    And I am so bummed once I reach the top and see that sunset. Because it is incredible. The giant desert sun sank behind the distant mountains. The rock formations below were casting these sundial shadows across the desert floor. And the specks of Joshua trees with their arms up, praising the sunset.

    I’m sure if my dad had seen it, it would have changed him. But that’s fine. Because those rock formations are way more impressive when you’re looking up at them rather than down on them. And we’re gonna see plenty of those tomorrow at Willow Hole. So I soaked up as much as I could, took some photos, then jogged back down to show him what he missed up there.

    He nodded at the photos, then asked to hear more about the job I’d interviewed for. And just as I was in the middle of bragging about how I’ve totally got this job locked down, an email from the hiring manager dinged on my phone. I opened it up, and I totally did not get that job after all.

    And I said, “Ah, dammit.”

    And this sympathy, this care and concern, fills my dad’s face, and I think, ‘Ah, dammit.’ Because now, instead of focusing on all this beauty surrounding us, all weekend, I’d be getting more job advice. Which I got on the whole drive back to the hotel, where he suggested I should figure out how to be an influencer, and I’m still not sure if he knows what that word means.

    The next day was the hike to Willow Hole. Unlike yesterday, I was sure this one would be the ticket. We got plenty of rest. It’s a flat three miles through a sandy wash. A little exposed, but that’s why I made sure we brought plenty of sun protection, and I’ve filled up my CamelBak and I’m bringing two extra liters so we’ll have plenty of water.

    Dad waited until we were halfway to the trailhead to tell me he was gonna sit this one out. Too tired from yesterday to hike. And I took a deep breath, and reminded him that it’s flat the whole way, we have plenty of water and snacks that he watched me pack for him, and we only have one more day here.

    But he said no, and I can’t exactly force a seventy-five year old to hike through the desert. So we agreed that he’d pick me back up at 3 p.m. from the trailhead. And I knew he was heading to the Starbucks to be on his iPad.

    I hiked out beneath Joshua trees towards the snow-capped mountains. And once I got a half-mile from the parking lot it was basically empty of people all the way to Willow Hole.

    And I really wish my dad could have been there. Because it was perfect. Shaded and cool in this amphitheater of stacked boulders and melted stone. Lizards darted to the edge of this small pond where Pinyon Jays bathed and sang.

    We could have rested there for hours hearing the wind slice through the Joshua trees, exploring the boulders, talking, or just sitting in awe.

    Instead, I soaked up as much as I could, then hurried back to meet my dad for the 3 p.m. pickup.

    After two failed hikes, Barker Dam had a lot riding on it, and it did not deliver. It was more of a pond, with some low boulder mounds around it. Dad thought it was fine, and it was. But it was nothing like what he’d already missed. It wasn’t the kind of view that would pull him out of his depression or inspire him to start hiking. There was no “wow” to it. And it was time to head home to Seattle.

    As we drove out of the park, dad turned to me and said, “Have you considered going back to school? There are these programming bootcamps I heard about…”

    And I nodded along, but then out the window I saw a couple of people sitting on top of this rock formation, enjoying themselves in the late afternoon sunshine. And I pulled the car over and convinced my dad to climb up with me. He was uncertain, but it was an easy scramble. I showed him where to put his hands, and placed his New Balance sneakers from Costco in the footholds. And I stayed where I could catch him in case he slipped, then once he had it, scrambled up after him.

    And the view from the top was perfect. Off in the distance, you could see people roping up to climb. On the road below, cars the size of Tic Tacs drove by the boulder formations. And birds were swooping around an impossibly blue desert sky.

    And when my dad finally caught his breath, he turned to me, and said, “You know, maybe they rejected you because you’ve bounced through so many jobs before.”

    And I said, “Let’s talk about that later,” and went to take some photos. Because it was our last day here, and at least I was going to enjoy this place.

    It was quiet for a couple of minutes, and when I looked back, my dad was sitting on a small rock, just gazing out at the expanse. And without turning, he said, “You know, it really is breathtaking out here.”

    And that’s all I wanted him to say. The whole weekend. That he could see what I saw out here. That he’d be okay.

    And I said, “I love you, Dad.” And he didn’t hear me. He was too captivated by the view. And I wasn’t going to take him away from it. So instead I came over and sat next to him and put my arm over his shoulders. And we listened to that breathtaking silence together.

    In the end, it didn’t work. My dad’s still a homebody. I keep hiking. We’re both still depressed.

    The truth is, neither of us knows how to help the other one. We only know how to help ourselves, and barely even that.

    But in the end, it doesn’t matter. What matters is that we were out there together. Father and son. Two sad men who wanted nothing more in the entire world, than for the other one to be happy.

    WILLOW: That was Paul Barach. He’s a writer living in Tacoma, Washington. His book Fighting Monks and Burning Mountains: Misadventures on a Buddhist Pilgrimage is available on Amazon. You can follow him on Instagram @BarachOutdoors.

    If you enjoyed this story, please consider supporting Out There. We are a tiny, independent production, and listener contributions make up the majority of our funding. Your gifts pay for the stories you hear on this show.

    To make a contribution today, click the link in the episode description, or go to patreon.com/outtherepodcast. Patreon is a crowd-funding platform for creative endeavors, and it’ll let you make a monthly contribution to Out There — in any amount that works for you.

    Again, that’s patreon.com/outtherepodcast.

    Coming up next time on Out There…

    JD REINBOTT: You’re just sitting underwater, and the only thing you can hear is the sound of your breath and the crackling of life underwater.

    WILLOW: For Mental Health Awareness Month, we’re bringing you a special episode about how silence in nature impacts our emotional well-being.

    Tune in on May 2.

    DENIS BULICHENKO: My name is Denis Bulichenko. I go hiking almost every weekend.

    WILLOW: Denis is the founder of PeakVisor, our presenting sponsor.

    Recently, he went out with a mountain guide, and they ventured into the unknown. The plan was to go up and over an entire mountain range.

    DENIS:We asked several other mountain guides in that area. They told us, “No, no one does that.”

    WILLOW: The guides didn’t know of any reliable trail that would connect.

    DENIS: But judging by the app data, there was one. And we did that. And yeah, it was just amazing. Even mountain guide was excited about that trip.

    WILLOW: If you’d like to wow the mountain guides, check out PeakVisor.

    They have maps of mountains all over the world, information about weather and snow conditions, and a peak-bagging feature to help you keep track of your accomplishments.

    Check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Today’s story was written and narrated by Paul Barach. Story editing and sound design by me, Willow Belden. And special thanks to Maria Ordovas-Montanes and Wade Roush for production assistance.

    Out There’s audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our interns are Katie Reuther and Maria Ordovas-Montanes. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold.

    We’ll see you in two weeks. And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Credits

  • Story by Paul Barach

  • Story editing and sound design by Willow Belden

  • Special thanks to Maria Ordovas-Montanes and Wade Roush for production assistance

Links

 
 

This episode sponsored by PeakVisor

 

Rekindling the Spark

How the night sky reignited one scientist’s passion

Jesse Rivera photographs objects in space (Photo courtesy Jesse Rivera)

Season 6 | Episode 1

We’re told to follow our dreams. But often, that’s disappointing. Reality typically doesn’t measure up to what we’d imagined.

So what then? How do you reignite your passions?

On this episode, we travel from an observatory in Puerto Rico to a hillside in New Jersey, and explore how one scientist overcame the disillusionment of academia.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    WILLOW BELDEN: This season of Out There is sponsored by PeakVisor.

    PeakVisor is an app that helps you make the most of your adventures.

    Let’s say you’re out on a hike, and you want to know what mountains you’re looking at off in the distance. PeakVisor will tell you. You just open up the app, and it’ll show you a panorama of everything you’re looking at, with all the peaks labeled. They also have intricate 3D maps to help you plan out your adventures.

    If you’d like to be a superhero of outdoor navigation, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    This is a new season of Out There. And the theme we’re exploring this season is silence. Each episode, we’ll share a story about finding stillness amidst the noise — whether that’s literal or figurative.

    Today’s story is about reconciling our dreams with reality. Chasing a dream can be wonderful. It’s exciting to do something you love. But all too often, we end up getting disillusioned. Because a lot of times, reality doesn’t measure up to what we imagined.

    So, what then? What do you do? How do you cope when following your dreams pulls you away from what you love about them?

    Samia Bouzid has the story.

    SAMIA BOUZID: When Jesse Rivera started doing astronomy, he had no idea he would fall in love with it. At first, he mainly saw it as his ticket to college. It all started his senior year of high school.

    JESSE RIVERA: Spring semester comes along, and this professor from the local university gives a talk about pulsar astronomy and says, “We have these opportunities available for students to come do research for the four years that they're here, and get a bachelor's degree in physics.” And I was told, “You get PAID to do this.”

    SAMIA: The professor was from the University of Texas at Brownsville, right in Jesse's hometown. The school was offering a full scholarship and a four-year research stipend to five students. And that sounded pretty good to Jesse. Not because he knew the first thing about astronomy, but because he liked science and he knew he wanted to go to college. He just didn't have a way to pay for it.

    So, he applied. And he got in.

    The way it worked, he and his classmates split their time between doing regular college classwork and conducting astronomy research. For the most part, they used the Arecibo Observatory in Puerto Rico.

    For decades, Arecibo had been used to discover asteroids that might collide with Earth, or to pick up signals from exploding stars thousands of light-years away. And now, Jesse had a chance to use it himself.

    In December of 2008, Jesse's first year in college, his team flew out to Arecibo for the first time. And for Jesse, nothing was quite the same after that.

    The Arecibo Observatory was as big as a sports stadium. Picture a giant metal crater built into a mountainside, with something that looks like a golf ball dangling above it. The golf ball is the part of the telescope that you can move around to focus on different objects in the sky.

    JESSE: It felt kind of out-of-body experience to really see the scale of this telescope. I knew it was 300 meters in diameter, but you don't realize how big 300 meters actually is until you see this massive construction that is the size of the mountain that it's built into and it's just … to think that this engineering marvel exists to look at these distant objects that are so far away, incomprehensibly far away ... it makes you feel as part of something bigger.

    SAMIA: Jesse and his peers were using Arecibo to look for pulsars, these dead stars that spew radio waves. They were hoping this research would help them confirm a prediction Einstein had made almost 100 years earlier about the existence of wrinkles in spacetime.

    The day after he arrived, Jesse got to operate the telescope. He sat there in the command room overlooking the dish…

    JESSE: You point the telescope, and you say, “Move to this target,” and then it moves to a target. You see this giant building move, and you hear it. You hear the metal on the rails moving, you hear this mechanical noise in the background of a rainforest. And then you're able to kind of see these signals coming from space in real time.

    SAMIA: Jesse couldn't get over the fact that he was just sitting in the middle of a rainforest clicking buttons and basically talking with the universe. Or, at least listening to it.

    JESSE: Six months prior, I was in high school having zero idea of what astronomy actually entailed, and then all of a sudden, I was at the world's largest single-dish radio telescope in the world, and I was using it.

    SAMIA: On that trip, Jesse realized he didn’t just want a full ride to college. He wanted to be an astronomer.

    JESSE: I realized I loved using telescopes. It's one of those things where you just feel like you belong with the universe. It's like, I feel, it almost feels like a religious experience in a sense. It connects me, I feel, in a way that I haven't really been able to do anywhere else.

    SAMIA: So, in his senior year of college, Jesse applied to an astronomy grad program at Rutgers, in New Jersey – and he got in. He was super excited, but he was also a little nervous, ’cause leaving home to chase some dream of studying the stars was not the kind of thing that's usually done in Brownsville.

    JESSE: I was terrified of telling my mom, because the expectations at home, particularly in a Hispanic household and Hispanic culture, you stick around to try to help out the family in any way you can. And all my siblings had done exactly that. And when I told her, she was like, “¿Y por qué te vas?” She kept asking me why I couldn't do it from home.

    SAMIA: Jesse knew it was what he wanted, though. He had a chance to do something that felt meaningful to him. And it was a chance to do something no one in his family had ever had gotten to do – get a PhD. So he was excited. And three days after graduation, he was on a plane to New Jersey.

    This is where I met Jesse. Full disclosure: Jesse's my partner, and we met that summer doing astrophysics research at Rutgers. And I remember that, at the time, he was psyched to be starting his PhD, but he was also going through a bit of culture shock.

    JESSE: I came from my local university in Brownsville, where all the students looked like me. Everyone in the city looked like me. It was the place where I grew up. There was a very large familiarity there.

    I was now in a place where the culture was different. The people were different. The moment I moved over here, I felt like everyone was much colder to me. Everything was just, it was a culture shock for me for sure.

    SAMIA: On top of that, it was dawning on him that he didn't completely fit in among other academics.

    JESSE: Like my first research group meeting, I heard all these people talking, and I felt different. I realized I had a very thick Brownsville Mexican accent, and it was something that I just never thought about. I never actively thought about it. I think I managed through it by kind of changing the way I spoke, but it was the first time that I had ever actively tried to do this. And it was hard.

    SAMIA: School itself was hard too. When he’d pictured himself studying astronomy, he imagined using telescopes like he had at Arecibo. But in reality, he rarely got to do that. His first couple years were full of classes. Classical mechanics, quantum mechanics, electricity and magnetism. And when he finally got back to research in his third year, he spent almost all his time analyzing other people’s data and debugging code. He hardly ever even looked at the sky.

    JESSE: When you're in front of a computer all day, you start asking yourself, ‘Is this what makes me an astronomer?’

    SAMIA: The longer Jesse plugged away at research, the more disillusioned he became. By the fifth year of his program, he was starting to feel restless. The spark that had drawn him to astronomy in the first place was all but gone. And he began to wonder if he’d gone down the wrong path. He’d known grad school would be tough, but he just started to worry that his whole career would be screens and number-crunching and feeling out of place.

    It had been years since he'd felt anything like the magic he'd felt at Arecibo.

    I remember he started looking into careers in science policy or teaching. It seemed like every month he had a different idea about whether he was going to stay the course or try something different. His heart just wasn’t in astronomy anymore.

    And then one day, completely unexpectedly, a glimmer of that old spark came back.

    It was Jesse’s fifth year of grad school, and one of his friends had introduced him to an astrophotographer, who told Jesse about something called the New Jersey Astronomical Association. It was a site about an hour away where amateur astronomers gathered to stargaze and take pictures of objects in space.

    Jesse was into photography – he'd never tried astrophotography before, but he was curious.

    So, he and his friend Sheehan, a fellow grad student, decided to drive out there one night in November and see what they found.

    JESSE: We start driving through all these little towns in New Jersey, very narrow roads that don't have any real street lamps. And it's just your headlights that are illuminating the road. And this goes on for miles. You see really nothing, maybe some reflectors on some mailboxes, but nothing really.

    SAMIA: They drove to a clearing part way up a small mountain. There, they found a group of astrophotographers gathered in a field, next to a small observatory. The field was dotted with red light from their headlamps. And in the darkness, Jesse and Sheehan could make out the silhouettes of big telescopes aimed at the sky.

    Looking at all the fancy rigs around them, Jesse and Sheehan felt a little sheepish pulling their everyday cameras out of their bags.

    JESSE: We're just like these total noobs coming into this. And we just see all these different people with these telescopes, their mounts, their big tripods. We didn’t know what any of these things were.

    SAMIA: They felt even more sheepish when they realized how little they knew about the sky right over their heads. I mean, they were doing PhDs in astronomy. But the photographers started talking their heads off about the objects they were imaging and what all was in the sky in November, and Jesse and Sheehan didn’t know what to say.

    JESSE: Me and Sheehan were like, “We don't know any of this. Like we spend most of our time looking at our computers. We don't spend that much time looking at the night sky.”

    SAMIA: The photographers welcomed them in, though. And someone even invited them to come up to the observatory, where a telescope was tracking the Orion nebula, a bright cloud of dust and gas in the Orion constellation. There was a spot on the telescope where they could attach a camera. The camera couldn’t look through the telescope, but it could fix on the same spot in the sky and see what the telescope was seeing.

    So they stuck Sheehan’s camera on it and took a 30-second exposure.

    And the image that came out astonished them. Up in the sky, the Orion Nebula just looked like a few specks of light. But in Sheehan’s tiny camera screen, they saw bright reds and purples and billowing clouds – the kind of thing they’d only ever seen in photos from the Hubble Space Telescope. And they realized that, with their cameras, they had a direct connection with these objects way out in space.

    JESSE: It sparked something in me that I hadn't felt in such a long time, which is very, a very weird thing to say, because at this point in my life, I was looking at data from like these professional-grade telescopes. But there is something that you cannot replicate when you are the one that takes that image. And that's your conversation with the universe. And I realized, like, this is what I love about space.

    SAMIA: After that night, Jesse and Sheehan started going back to the field by themselves.

    They saved up their grad school money to buy a budget tracker that they could connect their cameras to, so they could latch onto one spot in the sky for hours, slowly collecting enough light for dim features to emerge.

    And as they did, they got to know the sky over their heads, in a much more personal way than they had through their research.

    JESSE: In order to know what I'm going to image, I have to actually look up what's up. I have to know how fast things move up in the sky. I also realized how massive things were in the sky. There's things multiple times bigger than the moon that are looming overhead at any given time. And it's just, it made me appreciate everything much more. I realized it's just like it was working on my relationship with space.

    WILLOW: Hey, it’s Willow. We’ll hear the rest of the story in a moment. But first, if you’re enjoying this podcast, we have another show we’d like to recommend.

    The Wild with Chris Morgan is a podcast about the wonder and resilience of nature. It’s hosted by ecologist and bear biologist Chris Morgan. Each episode takes listeners on a journey from the pacific northwest to complex ecosystems around the globe.

    And it’s more than just science. The Wild is about hope and why people work so hard to protect wild spaces.

    You can listen to The Wild wherever you get your podcasts.

    And now, back to the story.

    SAMIA: Jesse and Sheehan spent many nights out on that hillside together, telling spooky stories under the stars, jumping whenever a rustle in the woods broke the silence. And they got completely hooked on astrophotography.

    Back at school, Jesse still felt drained by his work, and sometimes felt out of place in academia. But the nights that he spent doing astrophotography with Sheehan helped fill up his cup. They gave him what he needed to keep going. And, in the end, that was enough to help him stay the course.

    Two years later, he finished his PhD and got a job at Swarthmore College, teaching physics and astronomy. And in some ways, Jesse’s fears about academia were true. For him, being a professional astronomer doesn’t involve a lot of telescopes. And at times, he does still feel out of place. But he’s got a tool he can fall back on now to keep that spark alive.

    On a freezing November night, Jesse and I drive out to the New Jersey Astronomical Association. Sheehan’s there waiting for us when we pull up.

    SHEEHAN AHMED: Hey Samia, how’s it going?

    SAMIA: Hi. [laughs]

    The light from his headlamp swings right into my eyes.

    SHEEHAN: Sorry, I don't want to blind you.

    SAMIA: Jesse and Sheehan unpack their equipment and spend almost an hour setting up. They each use a telescope along with their camera now, so setting up is a whole ordeal. They’re both trying to fix their telescopes on a star cluster called the Pleiades.

    SHEEHAN: Yeah, pretty sure that's Polaris.

    JESSE: That one?

    SHEEHAN: Yeah.

    JESSE: And then –

    SHEEHAN: And then vertically up.

    JESSE: Yeah. That’s exactly what I was thinking, that was Polaris too.

    SHEEHAN: Um, so that's east, so that's gonna rise more.

    JESSE: Okay.

    SAMIA: I sit next to them in the dark.

    It’s almost completely silent in a way that everyday life never is.

    There’s something about being under a dark sky in a quiet place that feels almost in between real and imaginary. Like, when you look at a dark sky, you see flashes of shooting stars. You see faint pinpricks of light that appear in the corners of your eyes but disappear when you look at them head-on. It's a little disorienting in a sort of magical way.

    JESSE: Alright, one, one test minute image and then I think I’m ready to start imaging.

    SAMIA: Eventually, Jesse and Sheehan get things up and running.

    As usual, they’re planning to spend at least an hour capturing their images, because objects like the Pleiades are so dim, it just takes that long to collect enough light for a good picture.

    By this point, our fingers and toes are completely numb, so we all climb into Jesse’s car to have some dinner and warm up.

    When we get out half an hour later, clouds have rolled in. Jesse and Sheehan’s telescopes have both stopped tracking and lost their targets. Jesse’s telescope is so lost, it’s now pointing at the ground.

    JESSE: Look, who knows how long it's been here for.

    [laughter]

    SHEEHAN: [laughs] It's looking at the ground, look at it!

    [laughter]

    JESSE: God damn it.

    SAMIA: Later, Jesse and Sheehan admitted that this actually isn’t a very unusual outcome. Often they come out and don’t get a single photograph. But they keep coming out anyway.

    They’ve realized that part of the magic is in the photos they’re taking, but part of it is just being there. Sitting on a quiet hillside, peering into the universe.

    JESSE: The universe just has a way of just like giving you a different perspective.

    SHEEHAN: Like you’re, you're like, ‘Oh god I'm on this fragile ball in the middle of nowhere and somehow it's all working,’ and it's a good feeling. It's scary and good.

    SAMIA: Yeah, it's kind of like, I mean it sounds like what you're describing is what I feel if I'm standing in front of the ocean or something.

    SHEEHAN: Yeah! Ocean at night has that same feeling as staring out into space and thinking about how big things are – just utterly terrifying but in a good way like, ‘Oh there are so many things so much bigger than me and suddenly all those other things are not that important anymore.’

    SAMIA: For Jesse, going out to photograph space feels a bit like church used to feel, when his parents took him there as a kid.

    JESSE: It was just like you're trying to build this relationship with something that is bigger than you. And there was something soothing about that. I've had my conversation with a higher being. And now I look at the sky and I feel like I'm having that conversation every night. And building that relationship with the universe.

    SAMIA: These days, when he’s not driving out to New Jersey, Jesse usually just sets up his camera on the roof of Swarthmore’s science building during his evening classes.

    And he’s gotten some of his students into astrophotography too. He wants to make sure to keep the spark alive in them. Because he understands what they’ve come for. Like him, most of them come to astronomy wanting to have a connection with space, with the stars they see overhead.

    JESSE: Most students who take Astronomy 1 want to actually look at the sky. But my class is at 10:30 in the morning and we just kind of do more math equations, study a bit more physics, and while there's inherent beauty in that as well, you're still looking at a computer screen.

    SAMIA: So he makes sure they have a chance to really connect with space if they want to. Once or twice a year, he goes out to central Pennsylvania with some of his students to take pictures under one of the darkest skies in the northeast.

    JESSE: When we first got there and they first saw the night sky, I saw in their faces the exact wonder that I felt when I first saw the sky, a truly dark sky, and you see countless stars, you see the band of the Milky Way, and especially when you're doing it with other people, it is such a spiritual connection. There's, there’s something going on there that you can't replicate anywhere else.

    SAMIA: Today, Jesse's not visiting big telescopes anymore. As for Arecibo, it ended operations forever in 2020 when two cables snapped and the structure hanging over it collapsed into the dish. Now, all the research Jesse’s doing is remote, with telescopes he's never even seen. But as far as he is from the telescopes, and from the vision of astronomy that drew him to it in the first place, he still feels close to space.

    And for anyone who finds themselves feeling distant from the thing they once loved, he has this to say…

    JESSE: Find what gives you that spark back, find what makes you passionate about what you're doing in the first place and try to do it. Keep it in your life.

    WILLOW BELDEN: That story was reported, produced, and sound designed by Samia Bouzid. Samia is an audio producer living in Philadelphia. You can see more of her work at samiabouzid.com.

    The story was edited by me, Willow Belden.

    And special thanks to Alessondra Springmann for letting us use some of her audio recordings from Arecibo.

    If you enjoyed this story, please share the link with a friend! We’re always eager for new listeners, and your recommendation is our best form of advertising.

    Coming up next time on Out There: when Paul Barach went on his first thru-hike, it changed his life.

    PAUL BARACH: Less than a mile in, I rounded this bend and looked up from my map, and I froze in place. And this joy filled my chest until I thought it would burst.

    WILLOW: Hiking was deeply therapeutic for Paul. It shook him out of his depression. Made him feel whole.

    But is it that way for everyone? What if you lead a loved one to nature and it doesn’t quite work out?

    Tune in on April 18 for that story.

    DENIS BULICHENKO: My name is Denis Bulichenko. And everything started in 2015 when I moved to Italy.

    WILLOW: Denis is the founder of PeakVisor, our presenting sponsor this season.

    DENIS: And I moved from a relatively flat area, so the mountains were like really, really exciting thing for me.

    WILLOW: So Denis starts hiking. A lot. And he takes his daughter with him.

    DENIS: She was kind of really curious, asking me all the time, “What’s the name of that mountain?”

    WILLOW: What’s the name of that mountain?

    It’s a question we ask ourselves a lot if we spend time in the backcountry. And oftentimes, it’s hard to answer. Because our hiking maps often don’t go far enough.

    So, how do you get around that? Well, if you’re Denis, you create a new app. And yes — you guessed it — the app he created is PeakVisor.

    PeakVisor helps you identify mountains. And it also has detailed maps for planning your adventures.

    If you’d like to be a superhero of outdoor navigation, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Out There is produced by me, Willow Belden. Our audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our interns are Katie Reuther and Maria Ordovas-Montanes. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold.

    Special thanks to all of you who are supporting Out There with financial contributions, including Jenn Hess, Todd Oyen, Adam Milgrom, Paul Barach, Soledad Montanes Ordovas, Deana Fleming, Eric Biederman, Doug Frick, Tara Joslin, Walter Mugdan, Vivienne Lenk, and Deb and Vince Garcia. You all are the best!

    We’ll see you in two weeks. And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Credits

  • Story and sound design by Samia Bouzid

  • Story editing by Willow Belden

  • Special thanks to Alessondra Springmann for use of audio from Arecibo

Links

 
 

This episode sponsored by PeakVisor

 

TRAILER: Silence

Season 6 | Episode 0

Our upcoming season is all about silence. From the Grand Canyon to South Korea, we’ll travel the globe, exploring how we find stillness amidst the noise — whether literal or figurative. Here’s a sneak peak at some of the stories.

The season launches April 4, 2024.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    WILLOW BELDEN: Hi, I’m Willow Belden, the host of Out There. Over the past nine years, we’ve been sharing award-winning outdoor stories — stories that use nature to help you make sense out of life. And now, we’re excited to bring you a new season.

    [Sound of someone diving into water, breathing hard. Birds chirping.]

    The theme for the season is…

    MONTAGE OF VOICES: Silence. Silence. Silence. Silence. Silence.

    WILLOW: Each episode, we’ll share a story about finding stillness amidst the noise — whether that’s literal or figurative.

    HOWARD NEVINS: I’ve never seen you that happy. And enjoying yourself. You were just so, I mean, beaming type of joy.

    JESSE RIVERA: It’s one of those things where you just feel like you belong with the universe. It almost feels like a religious experience in a sense.

    SHANNON TYO: I haven’t had a wedding but I would assume it’s something like that where it’s like this is such an important day. So every single thing is a blur and also the most important thing that’s ever happened.

    WILLOW: Join us, as we go outside in order to better understand ourselves.

    Together, we'll seek out the healing quiet of nature; we’ll navigate the loss of inner stillness after an injury; and we’ll silence the critics that are holding us back.

    The season launches April 4. Follow Out There wherever you’re listening right now, or at outtherepodcast.com.

 

Credits

  • Trailer produced by Willow Belden, with assistance from Sheeba Joseph, Maria Ordovas-Montanes, and Katie Reuther

  • Music from Storyblocks

Links

Building Self-Confidence

How a snowboarding accident helped one woman believe in herself

 
Snowboarding would be a fake-it-till-you-make-it kind of challenge: If I could act confident long enough to get me down the mountain, then I would develop actual confidence.
— Maya Kroth
 

Maya Kroth’s goal for the New Year was to bolster her self-confidence, and she decided to start by taking herself snowboarding. But things did not go according to plan.

In this episode, Maya shares her story, exploring how you can get your mojo back, even when things go very wrong.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    WILLOW BELDEN: Happy New Year, everyone! I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    So, I have a favor to ask. I’m putting together our next season. And we have some really wonderful stories in the works. But creating those stories is expensive. We spend months crafting each narrative, and producers need to get paid. We also have costs for music, editing software, audio hosting, and a lot of other things.

    If Out There brightens your day at all, please consider joining me in investing in our next season. Your dollars will go straight to work funding stories. There are several easy ways you can contribute. Just go to outtherepodcast.com/support or click the link in the episode description.

    And now, on to our story for today.

    The New Year is all about new beginnings. It’s a time for starting fresh and putting failures behind you. It’s a chance to become the person you want to be.

    But of course, New Year’s resolutions don’t always pan out. So what then? What do you do, when you have a really important life goal for the New Year, but things go horribly awry?

    In this episode, Maya Kroth takes us snowboarding near Lake Tahoe, and tells a story about trying to gain confidence.

    MAYA KROTH: There’s a saying that how you spend New Year’s is how you’re going to spend the rest of the year.

    I didn’t expect to spend New Year’s Day 2022 in the emergency room of a remote rural hospital. By myself. Without health insurance. Waiting for the doctor to tell me just how bad the news was.

    I was alone. Broke. And broken. This didn’t bode well for the rest of my year.

    I’m not really the type for New Year’s resolutions. I make a few, the same ones everybody does: drink more water, get those 10,000 steps. But what I like better is to pick a New Year's word—a mantra or a theme, some idea to define the year ahead. And in 2022, it needed to be a good one.

    2021 had been rough. When I played back the tape from the movie of my life that year, the word “failure” seemed burned into every frame. There was that thing with that guy that didn’t work out. That podcast series I couldn't sell. There was that trendy weight-loss plan that majorly backfired. By the time I arrived at my parents’ house for the holidays in December, my self-esteem was at an all-time low.

    One night at dinner, we sat around the dining room table to discuss our hopes and dreams for the new year. I should say, my dad and I discussed. We are the talkers of the family. The over-analyzers, over-thinkers. My mom is like a Zen monk, listening twice as much as she speaks. And she hates these kinds of conversations. She prefers to live “in the moment.” Thinking about the future too much makes her nervous, I think. Like we’re going to jinx it or something.

    I told them about the goals I had for the New Year: jobs I wanted to pursue, relationships I hoped to nurture. But I kept holding myself back. Hesitating. I just wasn’t sure I was good enough to get the things I wanted.

    What I needed in 2022 was some swagger. Some mojo. So I decided that my word for the year would be “self-confidence.”

    After dinner, I went back to my old room and started getting ready for bed. I reached into the closet to hang up a blouse and spotted my dusty old snowboard bag shoved in the back corner. Man, that thing brought back memories.

    I remembered the first time I really got the hang of it. I was 20 years old, on vacation in Lake Tahoe with my first boyfriend, Mike. We’d drive up to the Sierras almost every weekend back then. Mike coached me from the sidelines: “Keep your knees bent! Sit back into your heels!” I remember how excited we both were when I learned how to link turns and could finally keep up with him on the intermediate runs.

    God, that felt good. If I could bottle THAT feeling…

    It was all there in the bag: board, boots, bindings. Almost taunting me. Even my old bib and jacket were in there. And they still fit. Kinda.

    I hadn’t laced up my boots in a while, but I wondered if getting back on that board would be the key to juicing my self-confidence.

    There was just one problem: I was scared of falling. And fear is your worst enemy on the slopes. In snowboarding, you’re supposed to keep your weight on your front foot almost all the time. It helps you stay in control of the board. But it also makes you go down the mountain faster. And speed terrified me. The faster the velocity, the greater the chance of breaking something.

    But the alternative was worse: If I wavered at all, shifted my weight to the back, even for a moment, I was a goner. It’s a mental game as much as a physical one. I had to stay confident, even in the face of fear. Not unlike my life at the moment.

    In my vision, snowboarding would be a fake-it-till-you-make-it kind of challenge: If I could just act confident long enough to get me down the mountain, then I would develop actual confidence from having done the scary thing. It’d be a self-reinforcing positive feedback loop: Believe you can do the thing, successfully do the thing, rinse, repeat.

    So I bought a lift ticket online, and the next morning I packed my old board into the car and headed for the hills.

    January 1, 2022, was a beautiful bluebird day. Fresh powder from a Christmas Week blizzard blanketed the Sierras. There were still a handful of spots left in the parking lot at Donner Ski Ranch when I pulled in just after 9 a.m. Standing next to my rented SUV in the thin winter sunlight, I wasn’t even shivering as I snapped into my bib. Helmet, check. Goggles, check. Power bar, check. It was all coming back now, these familiar rituals from another lifetime.

    In the past, there was always someone there with me, a shoulder to lean on while I shoved my feet into those bulky old boots. Snowboarding isn’t something I had ever done by myself. But by now most of my friends were busy with kids and spouses and anyway, I had resolved that this was a solo mission. My self-confidence was broken and I alone could fix it.

    I grabbed my board and tottered toward the lodge to meet Daveed, my instructor for the morning. Daveed was a lanky 19 year old with an accent. A mop of shaggy dark fringe peeked out from under his beanie, covering the left half of his snow goggles. As we rode the lift to the top of the bunny hill, he explained he was from Chile, just working in Tahoe for the season.

    At the top of the slope, we strapped into our boards and Daveed motioned for me to head down ahead of him. He’d watch me first: check out my form and then teach me what I needed to improve.

    I took off down the gentle grade for the first time in a decade, wobbly but OK. I whispered to myself, “You got this.” Weight on the front foot. Heel turn. Toe turn.

    I got all the way to the bottom and didn’t have to stop once. This mission was off to a good start!

    Daveed led me to another chair lift that went up a different, harder slope. He turned to me and asked: “So what is it you want to learn? Your form looks good.”

    I told him self-confidence was my motto for the year. That I wanted to believe in myself more.

    We did that run, then another. On our fourth trip up the chair he told me, “You don’t need me. Your body already knows exactly what to do. Trust it.”

    He was right, and I could feel it. That next run, I was soaring.

    It went on like that for a few hours. When the lesson was over, I gave Daveed a grateful hug and went up the lift for what I decided would be my last run of the day.

    The mountain was quiet. I’d missed that silence: the way snow muffles all the extra sound, leaving only the rusty squeak of the old chair lift. It carried me up, higher and higher, until the lake came into view in the distance. There was no boyfriend next to me this time, but who needed one? I was getting back in touch with something elemental about myself, my essence. Getting back to ME.

    The lift reached the top and I got ready to unload. I angled my body sideways off the chair and placed my board down on the snow, facing forward, weight on my front foot. I stood up and put my back foot on the stomp pad, just like I had a hundred times before, and got ready to glide to a graceful stop in front of a snowbank at the top of the run. But just as I pushed off the chair to start my glide: I caught an edge.

    My board and I went end-over-end in a slow-motion tumble. My right foot, not yet strapped into the rear binding, got twisted into an unholy shape. I heard a snap, like a dried twig, beneath my skin.

    I lay there in the snow, not knowing what to do. I didn’t dare try to stand up. I was only 15 feet from the top of the chair, but the teenage lift operator hadn’t noticed that my little fall was way more serious than it looked. People just kept skiing past me, off the lift and down the mountain, one after another.

    Finally, one skier realized I needed help. She flagged down ski patrol, who strapped me into a little red emergency sled and skied me down the mountain.

    The next few hours are a blur. I remember someone pulling off my right boot and duct-taping a cardboard box to my ankle, a makeshift splint. I remember driving myself an hour to the nearest hospital because I was scared of how much the ambulance would cost. I remember being X-rayed, and waiting forever to hear the results.

    An hour turned into four, turned into six.

    It gave me a lot of time to think. Or more accurately, to freak out. Is it broken? How bad? I’d never broken anything before. How much was this going to cost? And if it had to be broken, why couldn’t it at least have happened in a more heroic way? Catching air during an epic jump or something? Instead, I was just a middle-aged lady with no friends who face-planted in front of a teenage lift operator at one mile an hour.

    It was all so humiliating. I’d come to the snow to bolster my self-confidence, and I’d wound up doing exactly the opposite. By the time the nurse came out to tell me my ankle was broken and I’d need surgery, I’d already mentally tossed my New Year’s motto in the trash. Confidence seemed more out of reach than ever.

    The rural ER didn't have a surgeon on hand to repair my shattered bone, so they just handed me a bunch of paperwork and discharged me. My 80-year-old parents had to drive three hours on icy roads to pick me up and bring me home again.

    It took a while to get the full picture of what lay ahead: Surgery to weld my bone back together with pins and plates, then a month in a cast, then another month in a walking boot, then months of PT. No flying home to Atlanta, no driving a car till spring. I’d be lucky to get 10,000 steps all winter.

    In the meantime, I was at the mercy of mom and dad if I wanted to go anywhere, do anything, even just make a cup of coffee. (Have you ever tried to make pour-over on crutches? It’s a nightmare.)

    In the weeks after the surgery, I watched my Fitbit with dismay. My step average went down, down, down. The muscles on my bad leg shrank down to strings. It was the winter of my discontent.

    On one level, I knew how lucky I was. My ankle would heal in a few months, and I’d go back to my able-bodied lifestyle in no time. But still, I hated this new reality. I struggled to accept how helpless I’d become overnight. This was the opposite of the self-reliance I was supposed to be manifesting. And watching my mom race around the kitchen preparing my meals was making me feel so guilty. Wasn’t I supposed to be the one caring for them at this age?

    I became obsessed with snatching back scraps of my independence in any way I could.

    INFOMERCIAL: Are crutches or knee scooters slowing you down?

    MAYA: As I stayed up late one night, doom-scrolling, I came across an ad for a hands-free crutch.

    INFOMERCIAL: It’s a new era. Walk, climb, carry, get your life back.

    MAYAA: The infomercial showed all these smiling injured people walking up stairs, washing their cars, playing with their kids, without depending on anyone for help.

    INFOMERCIAL: iWalk 3: live your life.

    MAYA: It was the quickest 200 bucks I’ve ever spent. I was so excited when it arrived in the mail the next day. Imagine a high-tech peg leg, with a little padded shelf at the knee where I could rest my cast. It came with what seemed like hundreds of velcro straps and snaps. It was complicated as hell to set up, but it got me back in control of my coffee situation, and that felt like a win.

    But even clawing back some independence didn’t lift my gloom. Friends called to check in. They texted me jokes and baby animal memes. Nothing would cheer me up. Having to rely on others was grating on me. I wanted to get back to manifesting the confident, independent self I was meant to be.

    My folks and I fell into a routine. Each evening my dad would cook dinner, my mom would make tea, and I’d hobble into the den on my bionic leg, in a cranky mood.

    After dinner on one particularly emotional day, my mom went to fetch the pot of chamomile, like always, along with a tray of little tea cakes. As she poured the tea, she repeated a story she likes to tell sometimes. It’s about a dream she had when she was pregnant for the first time, with my sister, and anxious about becoming a parent.

    She dreamed she was floating in a river. The current picked up, and she felt frightened. She knew she had no control over where she was going. But then her fear started to dissipate, and she felt calm. She understood she was being supported by this river, buoyed up by this force that was bigger than she was. Powerful but benevolent.

    “What is that, you think?” I asked her, dipping a cookie into my mug. “What is the river a metaphor for?”

    My mom, predictably, felt the parable didn’t need analysis. My dad, the ex-Catholic, suggested the river might be God. We decided each of us might have our own definition for the river. Maybe it’s God, or friends, or nature. Something to which we can give up control. Jesus take the wheel and all that.

    Slowly, I began to surrender. I let myself be cared for. I started to understand that my recovery depended on accepting help from other people. It was ok to rely on encouraging texts from friends, a cup of tea from my mother’s hands, a kind stranger on the ski slope. All of these people who were there for me: they were my river.

    The days stretched out like that. Dinner, TV, tea. We talked about dreams. We watched Succession. I let my bones heal. When the cast came off and the doctor cleared me to drive, it was time to go home. To get back to taking care of myself.

    And now here I am, heading into another new year. I still haven’t gotten back on the snowboard. But strangely, the whole experience did wind up making me more confident. It’s just a different vision of confidence than the one I started with.

    I had thought snowboarding would help me feel stronger, hotter, to become the badass I wished I could be. I pictured myself flying down the mountain — and through life — strong, swift, agile, self reliant. And instead, I fell flat on my face. Literally.

    Now I understand that confidence doesn't only come from being the best athlete or the most successful podcaster or the most independent person in the world. Sometimes it can grow through vulnerability, and reliance on others. It’s not that I’m confident that I alone can manifest my best life. Now I’m finding confidence in the idea that when life doesn't go as planned, my river will keep me afloat.

    WILLOW: That was Maya Kroth. She’s an audio producer based in Atlanta. You can see more of her work at mayakroth.com.

    Our next season is set to launch this spring. And as I mentioned earlier, we are raising money to fund that season. If you feel inspired to help out, just click the link in the episode description, or go to outttherepodcast.com/support.

    If you’d like to stay in the loop about our upcoming season, you can also subscribe to our email newsletter. I’ll be sending out occasional updates there. Again, just click the link in the episode description to sign up.

    Out There is a proud member of Hub & Spoke, a collective of idea-driven independent podcasts. You can check out all the other shows at hubspokeaudio.org.

    Today’s story was written and narrated by Maya Kroth. Story editing and sound design by me, Willow Belden. Out There’s audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our interns are Katie Reuther and Maria Ordovas-Montanes. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold.

    Special thanks to all our listeners who are supporting Out There with financial contributions, including Bryan Stokes, David Dolton, Mike Bachman, Caitlyn Bagley, Josh Weingarten, Jodee Pring, Carrie Gulvin, Eric Biederman, Phil Timm, Doug Frick, Tara Joslin, Sue and Gary Peters, Deb and Vince Garcia, and the family of Mike Ludders. Thank you so much. This podcast exists because of you.

    Happy New Year, and we’ll see you in the spring. In the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Credits

Story by Maya Kroth

Story editing and sound design by Willow Belden

Music includes works from Blue Dot Sessions

Links

Support Out There

Sign up for our email newsletter

Follow Out There on Facebook and Instagram

Closing the Gender Gap

Being told you belong is important — but is it enough?

Learning new skills at the Rowdy Gowdy women’s mountain bike camp | PHoto by Cameron Way

 
If you think about sports writ large, it’s been for men, designed for men, this arena in which men can display their masculinity. ... And so women have — forever — not always been welcome in that sphere.
— Christine Yu
 

Women are often told we can do anything we want in life: ride bikes, scale cliffs, surf waves. But in some areas of outdoor recreation, the gender gap remains shockingly large.

In this episode, we visit a women’s mountain bike camp in Wyoming and explore what’s really needed to get people of all genders on equal footing.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    WILLOW BELDEN: Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    Before we get started today, I have a favor to ask. I’m in the midst of planning our next season. And I’m really excited about the stories we’re going to be producing. But creating those stories is expensive. We spend months — literally months — crafting each narrative, and producers need to get paid. We also have costs for music, audio hosting, and much more.

    My goal is to raise $9,500 by the end of this year to help cover those costs.

    If Out There brightens your day at all, please consider joining me in investing in our next season. There are several easy ways you can contribute. Just go to outtherepodcast.com/support — or click the link in the episode description — to get in on the fun. Again, that’s outtherepodcast.com/support.

    And now, on to our story for today.

    Growing up, I was taught that I could do anything I wanted in life.

    I had a mother who was fiercely independent. She had built an impressive career for herself. She had traveled the world. She knew how to use power tools and hike mountains and go camping. And she instilled in me this idea that I was capable of anything.

    My mom was definitely ahead of her time. But even so, I think a lot of women in my generation received similar messaging. We grew up in an era when traditional gender norms were being questioned. Finally, girls were allowed to have ambition. We were told it was ok to follow our passions. To build careers. To ride bikes, and paddle rivers, and sleep in the wilderness. And that was a gift. That kind of messaging is so important.

    But is it ENOUGH? Being told you can do whatever you want — is that sufficient to get you where you want to be?

    In this episode, we’re going to visit a women’s mountain bike clinic. And we’re going to explore why there’s still such a big gender gap in certain areas of outdoor recreation — and what’s really needed to get women on equal footing.

    JENN HESS: Alright, I want to get rolling, since, you know, today we might have a bit of rain issues. So I’m Jenn. I’m the director of the Rowdy Gowdy, co-founder — or actually the founder, not the co. I’m the founder. [laughs] So this is our sixth Rowdy Gowdy. We started in 2017…

    WILLOW: It’s a chilly morning, and several dozen women are gathered at a state park in Wyoming. They’re decked out in colorful bike clothing. And the excitement in the air is palpable.

    JENN: Alright, so what I’d like to do is introduce the coaches. So coaches, can you go over by the green box? Alright, we’ll start with Leslie! [Cheering] She was first a camp participant, and now she’s a coach.

    WILLOW: As each coach is introduced, they do a little dance. And the group erupts in laughter. Playfulness is clearly a priority here.

    JENN: Next we’ve got Sarah. She’s pretty a big deal. I don’t know if you know about her, but she went to the Olympics. [laughter]

    WILLOW: This event is a mountain bike clinic for women. It’s called Rowdy Gowdy — Curt Gowdy being the name of the park where it’s held. And it’s basically like summer camp for grownups. It’s two full days of coaching and riding and building skills on bikes in the company of other women.

    The participants are an eclectic group. There are old women and young women, novices, and folks who have been riding for years. But regardless of their background, almost all of them are here for the same reason. They want to gain one thing in particular…

    CAMP PARTICIPANT 1: Confidence.

    CAMP PARTICIPANT 2: More confidence.

    CAMP PARTICIPANT 3: I just need to build my confidence, I think, and learn to trust my bike.

    CAMP PARTICIPANT 4: Just to be more confident.

    CAMP PARTICIPANT 5: You know, I want to get over the panic.

    WILLOW: So, I’ve actually participated in the Rowdy Gowdy bike camp before, back in 2017. And confidence was something I had been struggling with too. A lot.

    I had been mountain biking for several years at that point. And I should have been decent at it. I mean, I was generally an active, outdoorsy person. I was in good shape. I had a lot of stamina.

    But mountain biking scared me. It’s a sport that involves big rocks and tight corners and steep descents. And I didn’t know how to navigate that stuff. Nobody had ever taught me. So when I got to a gnarly section of trail, I usually chickened out. I’d just get off my bike and walk. And the more I did that — the more I backed down from obstacles — the more I doubted myself.

    Now — in hindsight — I know I wasn’t alone. It’s actually really common for women to lack skills and confidence when it comes to adventure sports. Which is why clinics like this one have sprung up all over the country.

    JENN: Hi, I am Jenn Hess.

    WILLOW: Jenn runs the Rowdy Gowdy camp. And she’s one of the most talented mountain bikers I know. She’s the kind of person who jumps off rocks with her bike, and tears down steep descents. And she does it all with this giant grin on her face.

    But it wasn’t always that way. Her start with biking was actually pretty rough.

    JENN: So, this is going to go way back. I was eleven, and I wanted to be like my brother. He got a paper route, and he got enough money he bought a used little GT BMX bike, and he rode his paper route on that bike. And I thought that was the coolest thing.

    And so, at eleven, I decided to do the same thing. So I bought a pink Schwinn, a used one. And I rode around with my brother. That’s all we did was ride our BMX bikes. And I started to get pretty good at it.

    And then my brother decided to do a couple races, and I decided to go with him, ‘cause he was my buddy. And I was the only girl at this race. It was outside of Minneapolis, Minnesota — like ‘91, ‘92. And I was the only girl, and I was very shy at the time. And boys made fun of me ‘cause I had a pink bike. I was the only girl. And I got so like frightened that I just went home. I didn’t even ride, didn’t do the race, didn’t do anything. And from then on, I walked away from bikes.

    WILLOW: Jenn didn’t start riding again until she was in grad school. By that point, she had moved out to Wyoming, and there were a lot of trails in the area, and she had this friend who was into mountain biking. So she started riding with him.

    JENN: I learned by trial and error. It was basically trial by fire, and I crashed a lot, and I just wanted to keep up.

    WILLOW: This friend did not go easy on her. But even so, she loved it.

    JENN: The best thing about it was that you got away from work and all the stress in your life. And you had to be present on what you were doing. Like you couldn’t think about like, ‘Oh, I gotta do this analysis and it’s not working.’ You know, feels like you’re a kid again, ‘cause you don’t have all the stresses that adults have, you know? [laughs]

    WILLOW: Over the years, Jenn got more and more into mountain biking. And she got really good at it.

    But there was something that bothered her. She was often the only woman — at least on the advanced trails.

    This wasn’t exactly surprising. Mountain biking has always been a male-dominated sport. Like, really male-dominated. By some estimates, almost 84 percent of mountain bikers identify as men.

    But still — Jenn was miffed that there weren’t more ladies out there. And so, she starting thinking. For some time already, she’d been helping out with mountain bike camps for kids…

    JENN: And kept having the parents ask us, “When are you going to put on an adult camp?” And we would kind of just laugh about it, “Haha,” like “Yeah, that’s right, an adult camp.” And we’d just kind of focus on the kids.

    WILLOW: But then she became an ambassador for a bike clothing brand. And they gave her some money to host an event.

    JENN: And so I was sitting at lunch with my partner, and I was like, “Man, an event — what could we put on?” And then it dawned on me: “Of course, a women’s clinic!” You know, one, I want women to ride the hard stuff. But I also want some friends to ride with me that are women. ‘Cause I was only riding with guys. And I’m like, “I would really like to ride with some ladies. If they come to the clinic, maybe they’ll want to ride the advanced trails with me.” So…

    WILLOW: So, pause. If your goal is to get more women into mountain biking, and help them advance in the sport, a skills clinic makes total sense.

    But why is that women – specifically – need clinics like this? Why do we lack technical skills in the first place? And what’s kept us out of this sport for so long?

    To answer that question, we have to zoom out.

    CHRISTINE YU: If you just think about sports writ large, you know, it’s been for men, designed for men, this arena in which men can display their masculinity and can develop leadership skills and all these characteristics that we kind of associate with men. And so women have — forever — not always been welcome in that sphere.

    WILLOW: That’s Christine Yu. She’s the author of a book called Up to Speed: The Groundbreaking Science of Women Athletes. And she says there HAS been progress. Many more women and girls are participating in sport these days.

    CHRISTINE YU: But there definitely are certain sports where that gender gap and disparity is more pronounced. And it seems to be concentrated in kind of like those action and adventure sports — so, things like mountain biking and surfing and the like, right?

    WILLOW: So what’s up with that? Why is the gender gap so pronounced in adventure sports?

    Kate Evans is a professor at the University of Wisconsin LaCrosse, and she studies women in outdoor recreation. She says there are several things that come into play. But a lot of it boils down to what we learned — or didn’t learn — as kids.

    KATE EVANS: When girls are really little, they’re told girls aren’t supposed to get dirty. Girls should be inside – they should be playing, you know, house and doing those kinds of things, while boys should be outside getting dirty, playing with sticks and mud and that kind of thing.

    As we start thinking about outdoor skills, right, so learning about how to be in the outdoors and how to build fires and to hunt and fish and those kinds of skills, traditionally those are skills that are passed on from father to son. And so girls are often just left out of the mix in terms of how to even gain those skills.

    We’re seeing some of that changing. But the women now, what they came up through, very much were those more traditional male versus female skills within our society.

    WILLOW: And then there’s media representation — or lack thereof. Both Evans and Yu say that’s a big deal.

    CHRISTINE: Because, I mean, it’s cliché, but if you don’t see yourself in the sport, it’s harder to then do the sport.

    KATE: And a lot of times when we see people who are portrayed in the media, we see men who are sort of these rugged, muscular people that are mountain bikers or rock climbers. They’re sort of the ones that are doing the things in the pictures, right? And women, if portrayed at all, are the girlfriend or the cheerleader or the one that are sort of on the side watching.

    WILLOW: And even when women are portrayed doing a sport, it’s usually a very specific type of woman. White, cis, able-bodied.

    KATE: And so even the people that can see themselves in that space is a very sort of narrow kind of a person as well.

    WILLOW: All of this means that most women my age didn’t grow up mountain biking, or doing other similar sports. We didn’t learn the skills when we were little. Which means our male counterparts have a lifetime of experience, while we’re starting from scratch.

    And when you learn from scratch as an adult? That’s hard.

    KELLI TRUJILLO: I’m Kelli Trujillo.

    CAROLYNE WHELAN: My name is Carolyne Whelan. And I’m the Editor-in-Chief at Adventure Cyclist Magazine.

    KELLI: So the first time I was ever on a mountain bike was with a boyfriend who was an experienced mountain biker.

    WILLOW: This is very common. For a lot of women, their first experience in any given adventure sport is with a boyfriend. Typically, a boyfriend who’s been doing it for years. Which can be problematic.

    CAROLYNE: Even people who are supportive partners I don’t think are necessarily the best coaches. And so then you have, like, ugh, I really hate using these terms, because I hate this binary so much, but there’s like the girlfriend riders, where somebody buys their girlfriend a mountain bike…

    KELLI TRUJILLO: And so here I am on this new mountain bike that we had just bought me.

    CAROLYNE: And she goes on like a ride or two, she doesn’t immediately pick up this sport that he’s been playing for 20 years.

    KELLI: So there was lots of loose gravel, lots of roots, lots of rocks.

    CAROLYNE: And then he goes and takes off with his buddies that they’re on a group ride with.

    KELLI: And it seemed like he assumed that I should be knowing how to do this innately, which I just did not. And I really couldn’t ask how to do it, because he had taken off up ahead.

    CAROLYNE: And then the girls end up getting discouraged, taking it really personally.

    KELLI: It was frustrating, and it was demoralizing, and it was a, ‘I can’t do this.’ And so it soured the whole experience for me.

    CAROLYNE: That feeling of telling somebody to just do it, without any real explanation of how, is really anxiety producing. And then that’s going to create a lack of confidence and also some really mixed internal messages of: ‘I should be able to do this; I can’t do this; what is wrong with me that I can’t do this thing?’ And then being like, ‘You know what? I don’t want mountain biking to be the thing that ruins this six-year relationship. I’m just gonna back off, you can just do this thing, because I don’t want to be crying in the woods on a Saturday afternoon with you.’

    KELLI: I gave up altogether, and I didn’t have another bike, even around town, for it was probably another 15 years.

    JENN: A lot of times, folks don’t understand that beginners need some help. And it’s hard to just try it as an adult and get better.

    WILLOW: That’s Jenn Hess again, the founder of the Rowdy Gowdy camp.

    JENN: And so, I think as an adult, it really helps to break down the whole process and kind of take a step back and try to figure out a progression, step by step, to work on your skills.

    [Bike sounds, brakes squealing]

    COACH 1: Ok, so come through again, and let’s just do one more lap, and I want to see, first, take some time in that neutral position…

    WILLOW: Back at bike camp, participants have been broken into small groups. They’re riding over wooden ramps, and through orange cones, and there’s even a station where they’ve got their wheels up on a picnic table. It’s supposed to simulate a steep hill, and it helps you learn how to position your body properly.

    COACH 2: Now, are you in your ready position? You’ve got your level pedals. Um, hover your hands off of your handlebar, and just feel where your balance point is.

    CAMP PARTICIPANT: Oh my gosh. OK…

    OTHER VOICES: You got this! We got you. Nice! Yeah! Nice! Woo!

    WILLOW: It’s cold and raining, but spirits are high, and there is so much encouragement. Every little success is celebrated.

    COACHES: Nice! Beautiful, Riley. You got it. Nice! That looks great, that was smooth! Did that feel better. Yeah Christie. Good job, nice!

    WILLOW: It’s rare to be in an environment like this. A place where you’re learning without being under a microscope. A place where you can be honest about your fears and insecurities. A place where you can take risks, and make mistakes, and blunder your way through things — and everyone will support you one hundred percent.

    That’s not a luxury you get very often in regular life. And the upshot is kind of amazing.

    ALYSSA WECHSLER: You know, just in the span of a 20-minute session, you can see confidence being built.

    WILLOW: That’s Alyssa Wechsler. She’s one of the coaches.

    ALYSSA: The things that always stand out are people who, at the beginning, are so uncomfortable or don’t want to ride over any obstacle or any rock — have spent their lives, as soon as they get to an obstacle, just getting off the bike and walking. And to watch people — it doesn’t even take a whole weekend, it just takes a little bit of confidence boosting, and all of a sudden, they’re just riding things.

    Willow, I remember you very specifically being one of those people, actually. Like, am I wrong? ‘Cause I’m pretty sure I remember that. And then I remember watching you send it off of that rock drop on Stone Temple, and just like going for it. And I was like, “That is not the Willow I have ever ridden with before, and she smoked it!” [laughs]

    WILLOW: Yeah, that’s about right. [laughter]

    I remember that weekend at bike camp, back in 2017, so vividly. I showed up, and they had set up this obstacle course for us. Like, an actual obstacle course. There were these tight corners we had to navigate, and long, skinny platforms to ride over — almost like balance beams, for your bike. And there were even teeter totters. Seriously: teeter totters! I mean, who in their right mind, rides a bicycle over a teeter totter?

    It looked daunting.

    But then this amazing thing happened. They showed us how to do everything. They broke it all down into bite-sized pieces. And all of a sudden, I was pulling off moves that I never would have considered even attempting. I was jumping off the end of platforms. And riding down steep rocks. And doing bunny hops. And, yeah, it was still a little scary. But it was also exhilarating. Finally, the fun was overshadowing the fear.

    And the teeter totters? Turns out, those are the most fun of all.

    KELLI: There always in this stuff now for me is a little bit of the, “Oh yeah? Huh. Watch me! I can do this. I’m gonna do this.”

    WILLOW: That’s Kelli Trujillo again — the one who gave up on mountain biking after that demoralizing ride with a boyfriend.

    Years later, she finally gave it another try. Got a bike. Went to a clinic. And instantly, she felt herself blossoming.

    KELLI: We were riding on this stuff that was, I now know that these were intermediate trails there. So we went around this thing, and there was this big drop-off, and I was scared. I went sideways, and I — “Eek!” — I did like a little girl’s scream. But then we went through it. And like, “OK, well there we are, alright.” And it was just great. It felt like a milestone. It was a “I can do this. See, I can do this. I just need some instruction.”

    WILLOW: These days, Kelli gets out mountain biking multiple times a week. And this year, at age 56, she did her first race.

    A decade ago, when I’d go out mountain biking, most of the other people I encountered were guys. Now? There are so many women on the trails. And they’re riding really well.

    And yeah — skills clinics probably can’t take ALL the credit. Just like there are a lot of factors causing the gender gap, there are a lot of puzzle pieces contributing to progress. For example, these days, there’s more media representation of women in the outdoors. There’s more gear and clothing that fits our bodies. There are whole organizations dedicated to getting little girls into biking.

    But I do think there’s a fundamental truth that these women’s clinics are tapping into. They’re based on the premise that when it comes to social change, it’s not enough to just open the door.

    Yeah — it’s great to tell people of all genders they belong. It’s great to invite us to ride bikes and scale cliffs and surf waves. But we also need someone to show us the ropes. We need to learn the skills we never got as little kids. We need to be told, “You can do anything you want. AND HERE’S HOW.”

    If you enjoyed this story, please consider supporting Out There.

    We have an exciting year coming up, with lots of wonderful episodes in the works. But quality storytelling is expensive. We spend months producing each narrative, and we have a commitment to compensating our storytellers fairly. We also have to pay for music, and equipment, and IT, and lots of other things. It adds up.

    Lately, advertising revenue for independent podcasts has been dwindling. Which means your support matters more than ever.

    There are a number of easy ways to make a contribution. You can support us on Patreon, which is a crowd-funding platform. You can make a gift through PayPal or Venmo. Or you can even make a tax-deductible donation.

    Just go to outtherepodcast.com, and click support, to see all the options. Or use the link in the episode description. Again, that’s outtherepodcast.com/support.

    Thank you so much for being part of this endeavor with me.

    Coming up next time on Out There…

    MAYA KROTH: There’s a saying that how you spend new years is how you’re going to spend the rest of the year.

    WILLOW: Maya Kroth wanted to gain confidence. And she figured a good way to start was to take herself snowboarding on New Years Day.

    MAYA: Snowboarding would be a fake-it-til-you-make-it kind of challenge. If I could just act confident long enough to get me down the mountain, then I would develop actual confidence from having done the scary thing.

    WILLOW: But the outing didn’t go as planned. Tune in on January 4 for that story.

    Out There is a proud member of Hub & Spoke, a collective of idea-driven independent podcasts. One of the other shows in the collective that I think you might enjoy is called Subtitle. It’s a show about languages and the people who speak them.

    In the latest episode, we hear from a loving but confused family living in the UK — American mom, British dad, British-born daughter. They discuss simple words like “sure,” “reckon” and “middle class” — words that mean different things to each of them. There is no mother tongue in this family.

    You can find Subtitle wherever you get your podcasts, or at subtitlepod.com.

    Today’s story was reported, produced, and sound designed by me, Willow Belden. Story editing by Forrest Wood. And special thanks to Lori Mortimer for additional feedback.

    If you’d like to learn more about Rowdy Gowdy, I have a link at our website, outtherepodcast.com.

    Out There’s advertising manager is Jessica Heeg. Our audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our interns are Katie Reuther and Maria Ordovas-Montanes. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold.

    Special thanks to everyone who’s supporting Out There with financial contributions, including Angie Chatman, Heather Kitching, Eric Biederman, Phil Timm, Doug Frick, Tara Joslin, Deb and Vince Garcia, and the family of Mike Ludders. We couldn’t do this without you.

    We’ll see you in the new year. And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Credits

Story and sound design by Willow Belden

Story editing by Forrest Wood

Production feedback from Lori Mortimer

Music includes works from StoryBlocks and Blue Dot Sessions

Links

Rowdy Gowdy Women’s Mountain Bike Camp

Support Out There

Sign up for our email newsletter

Follow Out There on Facebook and Instagram

The Flood

What if we’re scared at the wrong moments?

Flooding in University City, Missouri in 2022 | PHoto courtesy Mary Ann Gaston

 
Before my eyes, across two different states, what was ‘safe’ and ‘not safe’ became hard to distinguish.
— Marina Henke
 

This is a story about fear.

It makes sense to be scared when we’re facing danger. But what happens when disasters occur in unexpected places?

In this episode, Marina Henke takes us from a desert in Utah to a suburb in Missouri and explores how a flood changed her attitude toward risk in the backcountry.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    WILLOW BELDEN: Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    Our next season is set to launch in the spring. But in the meantime, we’re going to be releasing several bonus episodes this fall and winter. This is the first of the bonus episodes. It’s a story about fear, and why we experience fear where we do.

    It goes without saying that the outdoors can be dangerous. There are wildfires. Floods. Injuries. But what happens when disaster occurs in an unexpected place? What does that do to our fear? And how does it shape our ability to find joy?

    Marina Henke has the story.

    MARINA HENKE: There's about to be a flood.

    I think about floods a lot. For a while, I was terrified of them. I imagined what they would look like, where they might be, what it would smell like. How there's nothing and then something, all at once.

    As a teenager, I spent most summers in the Southwest. That's where I learned about flash floods. This was red rock country, with slot canyons and narrow crevices. Even just 30 minutes of rain can turn a dry riverbed into just a really deathly current. Out West every year people die from being in the wrong place at the wrong time. You learned to read the skies. To not camp in certain areas. To always be wondering when and where water could fall.

    And then the summer would end. I'd come back home to the Midwest with its green trees and lazy creeks, parks with half a hill of trees that we'd call forests. In Missouri it actually rained all the time. Huge torrential downpours with thunder that would rattle our old kitchen windows. But you know when something’s so regular, you stop paying attention to it? In my mind, flash floods just didn’t happen in Missouri. I had no reason to be scared of them. That fear, it was tucked away until I went back to the desert. A place where things are dry until they are not.

    The desert was a place I fell in love with, also all at once. I was a kid, going to camp, seeing prairie dogs for the first time. Learning that ponderosa pines, they smelled sweet, like vanilla. I’d fall asleep to lightning storms and watch the sunrise every morning from a sleeping bag. And it’s not that I was never scared. Especially when it came to floods, we learned how dangerous they could be. But I think as a teenager, that risk was kind of thrilling. I kept coming back.

    Slowly, though, during that time, that fear of flash floods — really of risk in the backcountry — it grew.

    On this night, several years ago, I’m in Utah, the southeastern corner of it. The sun's just starting to set. The clouds are thick and full of moisture. It’s me and a group of girls. We’re on a backpacking trip. I’m just old enough to finally be in charge, even though man do I still feel young.

    And I am terrified it's going to flood. I came to the Southwest that summer armed with my usual hesitations. This wasn’t the land of Midwestern gentle downpours. But as we inched our way deeper into red rock country, that fear, its volume just turned way up.

    We finish setting up camp. It's on this shallow incline of a mile-wide canyon we're hiking along. And it's just about to rain. Technically, I know we're safe. I’d learned by now, how to pick a good spot. There's not any huge downpours in the forecast. But I can't eat all evening. I can barely put up with our campfire songs. We go to bed. And sure enough it starts to rain.

    MARY ANN GASTON: I'm Mary Ann Gaston. I'm 76 years old.

    MARINA: Mary Ann lives in Missouri. She speaks softly, but she's not shy. She was a nurse manager for years. She's exactly who I’d want on the other end of a phone call at the doctor’s. And in July of 2022, her house was about to flood.

    MARY ANN: I knew that they were saying we were going to have heavy rains and, you know, to expect flash flooding. And I thought, well, you know, I knew I'd had maybe four inches in the basement once before. And I thought, ‘I can do that.’

    MARINA: Mary Ann lives at the end of a curving street that's at the bottom of a hill. There's a stream that runs behind her row of ranch houses. You can't see it from her house at all.

    MARY ANN: I mean, I've known that it was there. When we have heavy rain, I can hear it. When we don't have heavy rain, I can smell it.

    MARINA: On this quiet street in Missouri, it started to rain.

    MARY ANN: So a little bit before 4 a.m. that Tuesday, July the 26th, I got a phone call from my neighbor who's next door. My son was here, and he has — he had — a Honda Ridgeline truck. And she said, “The water is getting up really high under Chad's truck. I can try and move it if you want me to.”

    And I said, “Well, he's home.” So I woke him up, and he went out the door, and, you know, there was no way to get down the steps. There's a little stone wall that is in the front of my house. And the water was high on the sidewalk, and he came back in, and he said, “I can't get to it.” And he went around to the basement door, and then he said, “Oh, mom, you won't believe the basement.”

    MARINA: Can I just say this is what terrifies me about floods. It's that refrain I heard again and again in the Southwest: There is nothing and then suddenly there is something. And that something is water. It’s so much of it. Enough to kill you. I know this is entirely not logical, but I always think that with fires, you can just put them out. They can disappear.

    Back in Utah I'm in my tent. It's hot. I'm trying to sleep. I can't. Because I am so convinced it is going to flood. Water is dripping onto our tent. I think maybe if I see it, I'll feel better. So I get up, and I open my rain fly, and I stand outside. I try to think of it like those soft rains I love in Missouri. But it doesn't work. I'm alone in the night under just a little moonlight. And all I can imagine is this basin we're in filling up with water like a big bathtub. I think of us sloshing around. Our tents floating to the top, our sleeping bags and pads a big sopping mess.

    MARY ANN: So I went down and I just got halfway down the stairs and I could see about a four and a half foot geyser shooting straight up out of the sewer drain. Just looked like Old Faithful, it was just like... And you could hear this rush. And I have this video of the water just bubbling up. So much water. I actually called 911 because I thought we were going to float away. And the lady said, “You know, we're trying to get people out of cars and people out of homes. Do you have a higher level?” And I said yes. And she said, “Go to your higher level.”

    MARINA: In Utah, there’s just a bit of moonlight peeking out from the clouds. It's damp, and it should be beautiful. I go back to bed. It keeps just raining so gently. But my heart is racing. I can't take a deep breath. I'm lying there thinking about all the water that's trickling down into the canyon that we're in.

    MARY ANN: We could see it now starting to seep under the front door and starting to seep under the sun porch door. And that's when we went upstairs. We retreated to bedrooms. And I had on the TV because I wanted to see what the weather was doing. And after about 10 minutes, of course, the router was under, underwater. So that all went out. And so I said to him, I said, “We need to pack because we're not going to be able to stay here.”

    MARINA: It gets light in Utah. I wake up, and everything's somehow fine. The kids break down camp. I keep looking up at the sky.

    MARY ANN: As it began to get light, it was just amazing. I mean, the house was totally surrounded by water. I looked out. We were, there's a dormer at the top of the stairs, and we were, had the window up and we were looking out. And I kept seeing something in the water, and it was moving. And I finally decided it was a person. He was swimming and he had a backpack he was pushing.

    So I called to him, and I said, “Do you need help?” And I said, “Are you okay?” And I said, “You can come in to my first floor.” But I said, “There's water and there's electrical, you know, things are plugged in and I don't want you to get shocked.”

    MARINA: We start to hike back to our cars. There’s just a light drizzle at this point. We cross a stream where the water looks like chocolate milk. It's up to our knees. In my head, I have a countdown. Three hours until we're safe. Two hours until we're safe. Please don’t flood. Please don’t flood.

    MARY ANN: I have photos around 6:30 where the water is receding in the first floor, and then by 11 o’clock we were outside. But at some point I measured the waterline on the garage, and it was four and a half feet. I mean, all of the contents in the house, in the living room, the couch, the chair, the bookcase where I had my grandson's toys and puzzles and books and craft items, and it had dumped over. And all of that was, you know, on the ground now, wet. If it had a motor or it wasn't wood, I lost it.

    MARINA: In Utah, we get to our vans. It didn't flood. We're loading up our gear, the kids are piling into the back seats. But I still hear myself snapping at everyone to go faster, to stop with the games. I'm still thinking: let's go, let's go, let's go.

    MARY ANN: So the whole neighborhood was, you know, people were just out like almost like a zombie apocalypse. It was a disaster zone, and you could barely thread through the street because of the dumpsters and the tow trucks. And then, then the belongings all started, you know, coming out. So, you know, the front yard was piled with everything that, you know, you, you had.

    MARINA: A flood did not happen that day in Utah. We'd come to a hillside on a canyon that had clumps of sagebrush and prickly pear cacti.

    MARY ANN: There was a fireplace screen in front of the fireplace. There was a nice tan-ish gold chair and a half over there in the corner, there was a little trunk.

    MARINA: And we'd left a hillside on a canyon that was unchanged. It had clumps of sagebrush and prickly pear cacti.

    MARY ANN: And as you can see, we're sitting here with an antique desk, there's a coffee table over there somewhere. And some lamps, but that's it. You know.

    MARINA: Sometimes I think we're scared in the wrong moments. I came back home to Missouri. There's no more red rock, just leafy green trees and heavy Midwestern rain I know to expect. This was years before Mary Ann’s house flooded. And, that summer in Utah had done something. I stopped camping after that. I’d dream about flash floods, worry endlessly about taking kids out into the desert. Missouri was safe, the desert was not. All those things I’d loved about the Southwest — they didn’t stack up to the way my mind, it would just scramble everytime I imagined another season out there.

    MARY ANN: Every time we've had rain since I'm over here, the morning after. And the first thing I do is, you know, I'm down to the basement to see, to see what happens.

    MARINA: Several years passed from that backpacking trip in Utah. I thought about floods less, but only because it had been so long since I’d spent time in the landscapes where I learned about them. Life was good, but sort of flat. I’d dream of red rock, sometimes obsessively look at photos on my phone from those years.

    And then, Mary Ann’s house flooded three blocks from my childhood home. I didn’t know it had happened, didn’t even know to be scared.

    In the days after, I drove around her block, looking at the piles of stuff, looking at the trails of mud. This wasn't red rocks or buttes or mesas, but this? This is what I'd always imagined. People walking around with glazed looks on their face. In shock.

    Some neighbors packed up their belongings. The flood had destroyed their home beyond repair, or maybe they just couldn’t imagine living on this street anymore.

    MARY ANN: It's really eerie to be here in the house now, because there's no one around, you know. It's eerily quiet. And I said to my son last week, “It just kind of feels like a ghost town.”

    MARINA: Insurance agents arrived, flood maps were redrawn.

    It wasn’t all at once, but I could feel something in me begin to crumble. What if bad things happen in beautiful places AND bad things happen on paved streets with ranch houses in the suburbs? It hadn’t flooded in Utah — hadn’t even come close. Before my eyes, across two different states, what was “safe” and “not safe” became really hard to distinguish.

    And somehow, it brought a relief that I did not expect. Mary Ann had woken up and her house had filled with water. It could happen here, it could happen there. I began to feel restless, like I’d been living in this flatter world for no good reason.

    Not long after Mary Ann’s flood, I returned to the desert. I’d forgotten the dryness of the air — the way that the dust can feel soft on your skin. I felt like I was a kid again, like I was falling in love with the desert all over again. But it was a more mature love. I was tentative, I looked at the skies, I felt a fear of what I knew could be true.

    One afternoon white clouds began to stack on top of each other. I knew the desert — knew that they would darken until they turned black, until it rained. It poured for an hour, left huge puddles on the dirt roads.

    That night, I stayed awake in my tent for a long time. I stepped outside, under the moonlight. I thought of floods, and risk, and fast moving water. All those things still existed in the desert I was in. But they existed in Missouri too, with its gentle hills and green trees. There was beauty here and -— yes, there was still fear. But for the first time in a long time, I could hold them both at once.

    WILLOW: That was Marina Henke. She lives in Brooklyn, New York where she works as a podcast producer. You can find her on Instagram @marinaclairehenke or at her website, marinachenke.com.

    As for Mary Ann, she’s back in her house again. It took nearly six months to finish all the repairs.

    If you enjoyed this episode, please share the link with a friend. We’re always eager for new listeners, and your recommendation is our best form of advertising.

    Coming up next time on Out There…

    JENN HESS: I was the only girl at this race. It was outside of Minneapolis, Minnesota in like 91, 92. And I was the only girl, and I was very shy at the time. And boys made fun of me ‘cause I had a pink bike. I was the only girl. And I got so like frightened that I just went home. I didn’t even ride, didn’t do the race, didn’t do anything. And from then on, I walked away from bikes.

    WILLOW: Tune in on November 30 for a story about the gender gap in mountain biking. We’ll explore why certain sports are still SO male dominated, and we’ll visit a mountain bike clinic in Wyoming that’s trying to change the status quo.

    MOUNTAIN BIKER: Oh my gosh, OK.

    OTHER MOUNTAIN BIKERS AND COACHES: You got it! You got it, you got it. Yeah Christie! Nice! [laughter]

    WILLOW: Out There is a proud member of Hub & Spoke, a collective of idea-driven independent podcasts. One of the other shows in the collective that I think you’ll enjoy is called Mementos. It’s about the objects we keep, and the stories behind those objects.

    I was actually just listening to one of their episodes last night. It’s from a couple of years ago, and it is just delightful. It’s about this guy from Wisconsin, who ends up taking in a little parrot named Cricket. And it’s just a wonderful story. It’s the kind of episode that just has you smiling to yourself the whole time you’re listening.

    You can find Mementos wherever you get your podcasts, or at mementospodcast.com.

    Today’s story was written, produced and sound designed by Marina Henke. Story editing by me, Willow Belden.

    Out There’s advertising manager is Jessica Heeg. Our audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our interns are Katie Reuther and Maria Ordovas-Montanes. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold.

    Special thanks to everyone who is supporting Out There with financial contributions, including Mary Seim, Eric Biederman, Phil Timm, Doug Frick, Tara Joslin, and Deb and Vince Garcia. If you’d like to make a financial contribution of your own, just go to patreon.com/outtherepodcast or click the link in the episode description.

    That’s it for this episode. Have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

Credits

Story and sound design by Marina Henke

Story editing by Willow Belden

Music includes works from Blue Dot Sessions

Links

Sign up for our email newsletter

Support Out There on Patreon

Follow us on Facebook and Instagram

Learning to Swim

What would be possible, if you embraced being a beginner?

Naomi Mellor (photo by Naomi Mellor)

 
I didn’t want to be ... starting from the beginning with something that seemed so simple. Swimming, to me, was like riding a bike or learning to drive. It was a rite of passage for young people, not adults.
— Naomi Mellor
 

Season 4 // Episode 7

Learning something new as an adult can be daunting, especially when it’s something that a lot of people have been doing since childhood.

On this episode, Naomi Mellor takes us from a beach in Australia to an archipelago in the UK and explores how she got past her fears and pushed herself to take a big plunge.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    WILLOW: To start things off today, I’d like to give a big thankyou to our presenting sponsor. This is a company that’s been with us all season — and in fact, they’ve been supporting Out There for years. Which means a lot. That kind of loyalty is so, so helpful to a little podcast like us.

    The sponsor in question is PeakVisor. PeakVisor is an app that helps you make the most of your time in the mountains. You can use their 3-D maps to plan out hikes. Once you’re out on adventures, their peak identification feature is great for figuring out what you’re looking at. And after the fact, you can keep track of your accomplishments with their peak-bagging feature.

    PeakVisor has information on more than a million summits all over the world, so basically, wherever you’re headed, they’ve got you covered. And in case you’re wondering, the app does work even in places where there’s no reception.

    If you’d like your own personal mountain guide, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    This is our last episode of the season. After this, we’re going to take a break for a while. My whole team has worked really, really hard this past year. And we need some time to recharge.

    So we’re going to take some time off. Like OFF off. As in, no email, no phone calls, no work — just down time.

    After Labor Day, I’ll start mapping out our next season. I don’t yet know when that will launch. But I do hope to release some bonus episodes this fall-slash-winter, while we’re working on producing the next season. So stay tuned for all of that.

    And now, on to our story for today.

    This story is about learning something new as an adult. It’s about being a beginner. Which can honestly be pretty daunting. It’s scary to start from scratch. Especially when the thing you’re trying to learn is something that a lot of people have been doing since childhood.

    So how do you get past all that? How do you push through the fear and motivate yourself to take a big plunge — both literally and metaphorically? And is it really worth it?

    Naomi Mellor has the story.

    NAOMI MELLOR: It might start with a buzzing in your head. Or just a feeling that something is coming, a dark, looming feeling on the horizon. There might be an aura, with flashes of light around the periphery of your vision. You may feel dizzy and nauseous, occasionally actually vomiting on a really bad day.

    And then it starts. The pounding, like wave after wave crashing onto a shore. The unrelenting pressure in your head that feels like someone is slowly and ever-so-painfully crushing your skull with both hands, whilst simultaneously stabbing around in your brain with a sharp dagger. All light is blinding. Everything is just too bright, too insistent, too loud, too much.

    All that most people can manage in this moment is to lie in a dark room and endure. You’re waiting for the wave to pass.

    As a child, migraines such as these were commonplace for me. Memories of a cold flannel on my forehead, of my mum’s cool hands and her murmuring, soothing voice, of curtains drawn against the daylight in summer. These loom large when I think back to these times.

    And the primary trigger for my migraines as a kid? It was swimming.

    I know, right? As a nature-loving, sports-mad, adventure-seeking little girl, I wanted to like swimming. I wanted to cruise up and down the pool like the adults and older children I saw, to make it look effortless and easy, and most of all, to enjoy it the way other kids seemed to. Instead, I hated every minute. I argued with my parents about going swimming. And each lesson ended with me feeling physically spent, like a wrung-out wet rag, struggling to breathe, and with the inevitable migraine on the horizon.

    By age 11, I gave up altogether.

    And yet.

    Throughout adulthood my failure to be even a half-competent swimmer niggled away at me.

    To be clear, I could keep myself afloat of a fashion. I vaguely understood the mechanics and methodology. But attempting it was…well, as one teacher dryly observed, like “watching a giraffe go swimming.” My body and limbs were technically present in the pool but were by no means coordinated. I flailed and spluttered, floundered and gasped, and felt like I was drowning after just a few meters.

    Living in Australia in my early twenties, friends and boyfriends swam at the beach whilst I read books or ran along the sand.

    Each year, they trained for and completed a famous swim race, reveling in their achievement whilst I celebrated their success from the support boat, feeling a part of things and yet not a part of things either.

    It wasn’t that I avoided the water completely. My housemate and I went to the beach most days post-work in summer, walking, chatting, enjoying a beer, or messing about in the shallows. But I always stayed right by the shore, where I could touch bottom.

    Then, on one of these evenings, a Tuesday of no particular note, things were thrown into sharp relief.

    Like so many moments in the outdoors, it began with one small, ill-judged decision.

    That evening I was alone. I mostly just walked in these situations, enjoying the long stretch of emptiness which allowed me to calm my mind and unwind. But it was hot — very hot — that day, and I had a bikini with me, so I opted for a little swim.

    We knew about the currents at this beach and the propensity for significant swells. The waves are often big, hence it’s an area renowned for surfing. But on that day, the sea was calm, and all looked well. The water was cool and welcoming, and I floated on my back, very near to the shore, looking up at the vivid blue, cloudless sky, bobbing around in the waves as they came into the beach and thinking about the day gone by.

    Ready to head home, I reached down with my toes, feeling for the sandy ocean floor to wade in. But my toes couldn’t touch down. I was out of my depth. And looking up, the beach seemed all of a sudden much, much further away than I had thought.

    I felt the grip of panic clutch at my chest. Somehow, I was drifting out towards the back of the surf break. The swell was stronger out here, and I started to be tossed around a little. A few waves broke over my head. I tried to head for the shore in the strongest fashion that I could, but I wasn’t going anywhere and I was rapidly running out of energy.

    I stopped for a moment and treaded water to assess where I was. Roughly in the same position as I was previously.

    Another wave over my head. The sharp bite of sea water in my throat. The rush of noise in my ears as the ocean was turning over. This was my first experience of its true power, and I was terrified. I had no control.

    Another couple of minutes went by. Breaths became gasps. Muscles were burning. Arms were flailing. It doesn’t take long when you’re trying hard and going nowhere to become very tired in the ocean.

    All I could see were sets of waves rolling towards me, ready to break over my head, and my rising sense of fear created a tightness in my throat that I’d never experienced before. How the hell was I going to get out of this mess?

    The negative thoughts crowding into my brain were interrupted by a voice at that moment. It wasn’t God, or an angel. It was a young blonde haired surfer.

    “You need a hand?” Those were the only words he uttered before hauling me up onto his board, hopping off the back, and effortlessly riding multiple consecutive waves to land me onto the beach.

    I sat there on the sand, eyes shut, coughing. By the time I found my voice and muttered a thank you, he’d gone, surfboard under his arm, dashing back into the white water and diving under a wave.

    I was lucky. But the experience left me bruised and chastened. The ocean had shown me her dark side. For the first time in my life I had been genuinely scared I might drown.

    But I was so embarrassed that this had happened to me. I was ashamed I’d been stupid enough to go swimming alone. So I told precisely no one about my frightening experience, not even my boyfriend at the time. I simply backed away from the ocean.

    Deep down, I knew I needed to address my lack of capabilities. I’d had a major wake up call, and I really wanted to do something about it. I wanted to feel at ease in the water, to be a confident swimmer, to know that I could cope out of my depth without the clutches of dread grasping at me.

    But I was frozen and just couldn’t get started. I was standing in my own way, which is strange, because I am someone with an innate love of the outdoors, and an even bigger love of a physical challenge. I’ve run an ultramarathon, but for some reason, I could not convince myself to learn to become a competent swimmer.

    The reality was that I didn’t want to be seen to be starting from the beginning with something that seemed so simple. Swimming to me was like riding a bike, or learning to drive. It was a rite of passage for young people, not adults. I couldn’t imagine telling people that I was learning from scratch. That would be mortifying! And the longer I left it without grasping the nettle, the larger the mental block became.

    The following year I left Australia, returning home to the UK after several years away. Swimming wasn’t embedded into the fabric of daily life in England the way it is in Australia, mostly because the weather is, well, inclement at best a lot of the time. The water is cold here, and whilst the sun sometimes shines in summer, that’s unpredictable to say the least. I mean, come on. You all know we Brits love to talk about the weather all the time, mainly because we’re jealous of everyone else’s long lazy summers basking on the beach.

    I ran, and cycled, and hiked, and practiced yoga, and life went on. Until that is, an unexpected moment occurred.

    It happened over a cup of tea.

    My closest colleague at that time was a woman named Katie, who is one of the kindest, most focused and capable individuals I have ever met. She’s a highly intelligent and empathetic veterinarian, beloved by her clients and their animals, a woman who had ridden horses to a high level previously, and she was looking to get fit.

    One morning, she asked me whether I’d consider a triathlon.

    “No”, I replied, “I’m just not sure it’s for me.” I left it at that, I didn’t want to go into details. “How about you?” I asked.

    She sighed and said, “Well, I fancy it. But I can’t swim.”

    She said it so simply, with no apparent embarrassment whatsoever.

    How did I not know this? Standing in front of me was this brilliant, capable woman telling me that she couldn’t really swim either. I felt ashamed at my own lack of transparency, the fact that I’d never had the guts to be so straightforwardly honest with other people, that I’d hidden my ineptitude beneath excuses about being on my period, having forgotten my swimsuit or heading out for a run instead because “I needed the miles under my belt.” How ridiculous that seemed now.

    “I mean, I vaguely know the theory,” she said, “I sort of learnt as a child. But I can’t swim a length in the pool, and I don’t like being out of my depth.”

    What? This was exactly the same as me! A kindred spirit in the crappy-swimmer stakes!

    Words spilled out of me as I found my voice and described how similar my situation was, how I was in the same boat, that although my brain knew what it perhaps ought to do, my body had never performed the movements enough to normalize them for my limbs. The panic and extreme exhaustion that swimming induced. And the migraines. Oh, the migraines.

    We commiserated with one another about having kept this secret bottled up inside for so long. We shared the shame we felt about being in our thirties and not being able to do something that a lot of kids could do pretty competently, and we laughed at our own ridiculousness. We gently unpicked the fact that what actually underpinned our reservations about learning something new was a fear of failure. What if we tried to learn, and we were no good at it?

    And that was the moment. It was so simple. There was no great fanfare, just a cup of tea in a quiet moment, and two friends realizing they were in the same boat.

    Just before she left, I blurted it out. “Do you want to find a teacher and learn together?” Katie smiled, and said, “Why not. Let’s do it.”

    What struck me about this moment was that failures aren’t so embarrassing if other people are experiencing them too. It’s one of the reasons I wanted to share this story: to remind others that there are lots of people out there who can’t do the things that you expect that they can, and when we share our vulnerabilities with others, it’s amazing how many you’ll find in the same boat. Katie had been open and shown her vulnerability to another person. I, in turn, had bared mine right back.

    There was something about that shared moment, and the prospect of the shared experience of learning that made the idea of taking swimming lessons seem much less daunting, a shared power between us as it were. The apprehension was still there, but I had a buddy to keep me accountable, to make sure I turned up, and in whom I could confide.

    And contrary to my expectations, it was fun.

    We found a patient, empathetic teacher named Kathy, who listened carefully to each of us, digesting our individual stories. She acknowledged our fears, and told us that none of what we said was particularly uncommon, because actually, a lot of people can’t swim the length of a pool.

    To start with, she asked us to just swim — to do what we could, for as far as we could. That way she’d know what she was working with, or, to be more precise, what she wasn’t working with.

    I attempted a few strokes of front crawl, then surfaced, spluttering and gasping. My feet pedaled, toes searching for the floor, and I stood up, relieved that the pool was standing depth throughout its length.

    “OK,” she said. “Let’s begin.”

    By the end of that first lesson, for the first time in my life, I was hopeful about swimming. I started to think that there might be a time when, with a good deal of practice, I might actually enjoy it.

    Adding to the optimism was the fact that Kathy had a theory about my migraines. She suspected my breathing, or lack thereof, might be the trigger. Due to my poor coordination, I didn’t breathe well enough or often enough, and my short inefficient gasps might be leading to lower oxygen delivery to my brain.

    Now that we thought we had an explanation, the breathing practice began.

    Kathy had me doing all sorts of drills with floats, and paddles, and fins, and strange pieces of apparatus I’d never seen or heard of before. I learned to turn my head properly, to keep my ear on the surface of the water and to take powerful, efficient breaths to re-oxygenate myself effectively.

    Kathy was kind and understanding, but that didn’t mean she didn’t push us. She did. Every session was so tiring, but slowly, gradually, week by week, I improved.

    I started to be able to coordinate my head, my arms and my legs into something that looked vaguely like a recognizable stroke. First, I managed a length, with a decent rest when I got there. Then I could swim two lengths, then four. There were headaches, yes, but nothing unmanageable. I felt tired, yes, but not a crushing tiredness I couldn’t cope with.

    It was so hard, but it felt worth every ounce of the effort. If you love sports, you’ll understand the rush of endorphins — that “good” tiredness that comes after enjoyable exertion. And I swelled with pride each time I touched the end of the pool and turned to go again. The tide was turning gradually, and my confidence turned with it. The water had become a haven, a place where I was alone below the surface, away from my smartphone and people talking to me.

    But although I had become comfortable in the pool, I still felt a sense of dread at the vast wildness of the ocean. The whole point of learning to swim was to feel capable out in open water. And I yearned to be outside, to be swimming in nature. Achieving “success” for me was to see the sky as I swam, to feel the tingle of salt in my throat, and to swim out the back of the surf break without being paralyzed by fear. I wanted to tame the beast that had terrified me so thoroughly that day in Australia.

    And then I discovered Ötillö, and the sport of swimrun.

    Ö-till-ö translates as “island to island” in Swedish. This sport is about adventure and being in nature. In a swimrun race you swim, then run, then swim a bit more and run a bit more, getting in and out of the water up to 40 or more times. Everything you wear you carry throughout the race, meaning you swim in your trainers and run in your wetsuit, which, quite honestly, makes you look a bit strange when training alone on the edge of London. It’s a friendly, inclusive sport, where everyone is welcomed and encouraged, and the emphasis is on the journey, not the time it takes you.

    There are good swimmers and good runners, and people new to both. There are old people, young people and others in between, and there’s a rainbow of nationalities at every race. The events are held in some of the most beautiful corners of the world, in national parks, archipelagos of islands and remote stretches of coastline. The events embrace the wildness and unpredictability of nature and often include technical trails and bits of bouldering. Ötillö was founded by Swedes, and everyone’s a little bit bonkers. It sounded right up my street.

    I knew that completing a race would be a chance for me to prove to myself that I could conquer the ocean, once and for all. I set my sights on a solo race in the Isles of Scilly, a stunning group of islands off the coast of Cornwall. If I was going to challenge myself in the sea, it might as well be in a beautiful place.

    Then I had to pick how long a race I wanted to do. The World Series category had 30 km of running — no problem, I thought — and 8 km of swimming. Ah. That was far too much. The middle distance option entailed 13 km of running and just under 3 km in the open water, which I decided was realistic but sufficiently ambitious. I signed up.

    In preparation, I started swimming at our local lake several times a week, against a backdrop of pink early-summer skies. The ducks swam alongside me, and weeping willows bowed to the water on the shores of the lake, casting dappled shadows across the surface. It was bliss, and for the first time, I started to feel at one with the water. Smooth. Strong. In flow. Connected to nature. I was still overtaken by other swimmers very regularly, but who cared? I was a swimmer too, and it didn’t matter how fast or otherwise I was. I belonged.

    The day of the race neared in June, and we traveled down to the Isles of Scilly in high spirits.

    But the day of the race dawned wild. It was so windy, with gray clouds scudding across the sky, and a big swell in the sea. The waves looked brutal, the ocean was unleashing the power that I knew she held. Familiar feelings of fear niggled at my insides.

    There were mutterings and rumors about whether things would go ahead, which only served to heighten my nerves. But the safety crews were in place, and after a few minor course amendments, we began.

    The gun went, and the pack set off. First run, check. Into the water. First swim.

    It was cold, and I was enveloped in a maelstrom of arms and legs. In the confusion I headed in the wrong direction, subsequently swimming far further than I needed to. I was having trouble sighting, and failing to employ the skills I had assiduously honed over months of practice. Dammit. I was flailing. Why had I thought this was a good idea? I was in the sea, miles from home, fighting my way through several feet of swell and legs, and struggling, big time. The doubts crept in. This was just the first swim, and there was a long way to go.

    Someone once said to me, “How do you run? You just put one foot in front of the other. It’s all in your mind.” This thought occurred to me as I felt out of my depth, and out of my comfort zone. How do you swim? Just keep your arms turning over, and your legs kicking. It’s all in your mind.

    I refocused on my stroke and my breath. One, two, three, breathe. One, two, three, breathe. This calmed my mind and settled my body. I slowly found a rhythm.

    Coming out of the water after the first swim, I was near the back of the pack, but I’d made it, and we all hot-footed it off around the coast path.

    Gradually, though, I got into it. Run a bit, swim a bit, judge the swell, negotiate the rocky exits, watch your footing, follow the flags, run some more, swim some more. I found myself smiling, and by the time I stood on the precipice of the rocks at the entry to the next swim, with the wind whipping my hair, I was laughing. This was madness, and I was loving it. I felt free, and I knew I’d be ok. I was. I climbed in and out on the rocks of the islands, riding the waves on the way into the shore. I felt strong and powerful, working in tandem with mother nature, not against her.

    After a couple of hours, I crossed the line with a huge smile spread across my face, filled with joy and delight.

    That day at the Ötillö, I didn’t conquer the ocean. But strangely, I didn’t feel the need to anymore. Mother Nature had drawn me in with an almost magnetic force. I had never felt more free than I did during those few hours, negotiating my way around a tiny island in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean, the birds wheeling and calling overhead. The raw power and vastness of it all were the most devastatingly thrilling thing. The ocean had got under my skin, and entered my soul. She no longer felt like an adversary. She wasn’t a dangerous beast I had to slay or tame. Instead, she was a friend. A partner in crime. A source of freedom and belonging.

    It seems so obvious now, but at the time it was a revelation: as much as the sea can terrify you, so she can thrill and calm you even more. Nowadays, when I look out at a stretch of open water, it fills me with excitement, rather than trepidation. And when I’m swimming, the ocean seems to hold me in the palm of her hand.

    My first race was done. This year, I’m taking on a big one.

    WILLOW: That was Naomi Mellor. She’s a podcast host and producer living just north of London, in the UK. She's also the co-founder of the International Women's Podcast Awards. You can see more of her work at everybody-media.com.

    And just a quick update. Since this story was produced, something really unfortunate happened. Naomi was in an auto accident this spring, so she’s not going to be able to compete in any big athletic events this year after all. But she’s hoping to be back on track in 2024.

    Naomi, I’m wishing you a speedy and full recovery.

    As I mentioned at the top of the episode, we’re taking a break for the rest of the summer. And I don’t know exactly when our next season will launch. But we do plan to release some bonus episodes later this year. And if you’d like to stay in the loop about that, just sign up for our email list. I have a link in the episode description. And you can also follow us on social media for updates. We’re on Facebook and Instagram @outtherepodcast.

    Out There is a proud member of Hub & Spoke, a collective of idea-driven independent podcasts.

    One of the other shows in the collective that I think you might enjoy is called Mementos. It’s a podcast about the things we choose to keep, and the personal stories behind those things. It’s a quiet, introspective podcast — kind of like Out There. And Lori Mortimer, who hosts it, is just a wonderful human.

    You can find Mementos wherever you get your podcasts, or at mementospodcast.com.

    Support for Out There comes from PeakVisor. PeakVisor is an app that helps you make the most of your time in the mountains. They have intricate 3-D maps to help you plan out hikes. Once you’re in the mountains, you can use the app to figure out what peaks you’re looking at. And if you need a little help staying motivated, they also have a peak-bagging feature.

    If you’d like your own personal mountain guide, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Today’s story was written and narrated by Naomi Mellor. Story editing and sound design by me, Willow Belden. Out There’s advertising manager is Jessica Heeg. Our audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold.

    Special thanks to everyone who is supporting Out There with financial contributions, including Angie Chatman, Eric Biederman, Phil Timm, Doug Frick, Tara Joslin, Deb and Vince Garcia, and the family of Mike Ludders. If you’d like to join your fellow listeners in helping us fund our next season, consider becoming a patron today at patreon.com/outtherepodcast. Patreon is a crowd-funding platform for creative endeavors, and you can make contributions in any amount that works for you. Again, that’s patreon.com/outtherepodcast.

    I hope you have a wonderful summer, and I look forward to making more stories for you after we come back from our break.

    And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Episode Credits

Story by Naomi Mellor

Story editing and sound design by Willow Belden

Music includes works from Blue Dot Sessions and StoryBlocks

Links

Sign up for our email newsletter

Support Out There on Patreon

Follow us on Facebook and Instagram

 

This episode sponsored by

 

PeakVisor

 

Excavating Grief

How a trip to a cabin helped the healing begin

Foreground: Mykella Van COoten; Background: Cabin near Toronto (Photos courtesy Mykella Van Cooten)

 
Sometimes, the feelings that are causing us problems are buried so deep that only the stillness of the woods can show us what we are truly feeling.
— Mykella Van Cooten
 

Season 4 // Episode 6

Mykella Van Cooten was angry, and she didn’t know why. It got so bad that she began to feel unhinged.

And then, she went to a little cabin in the woods. In this episode, she tells the story of what happened. It’s a story about stopping, about letting go, and about uncovering the real feelings that are buried deep beneath the surface.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    WILLOW BELDEN: It’s a beautiful Sunday morning. I’m in Colorado with my uncle. We’re at the top of this mountain. And the view is just gorgeous. It’s this panorama of snowy peaks. And we’re trying to figure out which mountain is which. Because, the day before, we had tried to summit one of them. Which didn’t end up working out, because we got caught in a snowstorm. But anyway, we wanted to see where we had been. So I pull out my phone and open up PeakVisor.

    So, North Arapaho Peak is straight in front of us there.

    WALTER MUGDAN: So, when you say “straight in front of us,” does it look like the highest peak from our perspective?

    WILLOW: Yes, it looks like the highest peak.

    WALTER: OK.

    WILLOW: Um, and then you see the glacier.

    WALTER: Oh that is the glacier. That whole big snow bowl thing is the glacier. OK, now I get it.

    WILLOW: Right.

    PeakVisor is our presenting sponsor this season. Their app helps you figure out what you’re looking at when you’re out in the mountains. When you open it up, it determines where you are, and then it shows you a panoramic picture of everything you’re seeing, with all the peaks labeled.

    If you’d like your own personal mountain guide, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    Big feelings can be scary. They keep us on edge, they seep into our work, they can threaten our relationships. And it’s especially hard when you don’t really know where they’re coming from. When the feelings don’t make sense.

    So what do you do in a situation like that? How do you regain a sense of calm, when your emotions are baffling, and you can’t seem to get them under control?

    In this episode, Mykella Van Cooten takes us from her home in Toronto to a cabin in the woods, and explores how she found healing.

    And just so you know, this story contains some adult language.

    MYKELLA VAN COOTEN: I learned a long time ago, as a black woman, I had to control my anger. I never wanted to be stereotyped as an angry black woman. But last year, my anger was right there, bubbling and rising up. And there was so much of it. It got to the point where I got so angry that I began to feel unhinged.

    Every little annoyance would balloon into this weird rage. Every noise my roommate made; every time my dog Eddie stared at me and I didn’t know what he wanted; every time there was a knock at the door while I worked from home, I would feel this rage just rising up. I felt like I was outside of my body. And I just kept wondering: why am I so angry?

    I like being in control. It makes me feel safe, and it relieves my anxiety. So when my anger began threatening to burst out of me, I was scared. I felt out of control, and I did not like it.

    Normally, when I need to sort out confusing emotions, I go away. I book myself into a retreat with yoga and energy work, sound baths and meditations. A trip with a purpose. And then I come home feeling refreshed.

    But this time, taking off for a week of “me time” just wasn’t an option.

    I’d recently changed careers and I’d gotten a coveted work opportunity, and I didn’t want to say no to it. That also meant I had a deadline to meet. So there was no way I could take time off.

    So I figured I’d do the next best thing: I’d book myself on a work-away trip. I wouldn’t be able to get away to a retreat, but I would be in a place where I could be alone with my dog and just kind of veg out, doing spurts of work, and maybe get away from the daily annoyances that were triggering this weird anger.

    I started researching the perfect hideaway, with quiet and hiking trails, but also cell service and high quality wifi. After weeks of searching, I’d found the perfect spot. I even knew what restaurants were nearby, what they had on their menus, and if they delivered. I was ready.

    So I headed to this little cabin in the woods, to work remotely, in peace. Well, that’s what I thought I was doing. It turns out, nature had other plans.

    I did have some idea where my anger was coming from. I want to say it was September 2021 when I got a text from my stepmother. She was asking if I wanted to adopt a child.

    I guess this question deserves a little bit of history. I’m 50 years old. And there have been several times in my life when I have tried to have a child. I had tried to get pregnant during my short-lived marriage. Later, I joined a co-parenting “dating” site. Then, a really good friend of mine even tried to help me make a baby for almost a year.

    I had tried a lot of things. But none of them had worked. So, when my stepmother asked me if I wanted to adopt a child, it made sense. And I said yes. We hung up, all smiles, and that was that.

    The following February, I got a call saying there was a baby who needed to be adopted in Guyana. That’s where my family is from and where my stepmother was living at the time. The baby girl would be born in two months. I was going to be a mom!

    And my stepmother offered to help — a lot. She offered to move the baby in with her until the baby could come to Canada. She had a lawyer handling all the paperwork at her own expense. And she even promised that she and my dad would help me out financially.

    The baby was born in April. Every few days, my stepmother would send pictures or we would do a video call. And I started to plan a baby shower.

    But some things were feeling off to me. Like, when the baby was just a couple of months old, I remember hearing that my dad had told a family friend that he had a new grandchild. But somehow, I was never named as the baby’s mom. And later, I found out, promises were being made to the biological parents — about things like visitations — without asking me first.

    It seemed like my dad and my stepmother didn’t really see me as the baby’s mom. And more and more, I was feeling like some kind of surrogate caretaker or babysitter, not a mother. I felt like they didn’t even see me, and it hurt.

    The last straw was an issue with the baby’s name. My stepmother and I simply couldn’t agree on what to call her. And when I didn’t back down on what I wanted, my stepmother just stopped. She stopped talking to me. She stopped sending pictures and updates about the baby. Well, there was one phone call. On it, stepmother said she felt disrespected. Then she hung up.

    I didn’t get a chance to respond, and my requests to talk more were ignored.

    Eventually, I got a text from my stepmother saying simply: “The parents have decided they no longer want you to adopt the baby.”

    I went from being a mom, to not.

    I was stunned. I felt how you feel after an accident. Numb. Dazed. Like when time stands still, and you aren’t really sure where you are, or what just happened. Sometimes I would just walk my dog aimlessly, feeling out of my body, like I was free-floating.

    After the shock wore off, there were all kinds of emotions. Different ones on different days, in different hours, and different minutes. There were all the bad ones: sadness, depression, loss, grief. But there were also good ones. I was relieved to finally know what was going on, to be free from a co-parenting agenda I hadn’t consented to. And I was proud that I put my foot down. And I was grateful that I had had enough time to cancel the baby shower before people had wrapped gifts for a child who wasn’t coming.

    I felt so many things. And I processed them all. Every day, for months, I did the emotional work of sorting through my feelings. And I had come to terms with losing the opportunity to adopt a baby.

    So why, dammit, if I had done so much emotional work, why was I still so angry?

    On the morning of my trip, I checked the last item off my list and headed out. It was a nice drive, just an hour and a half outside the city. Then, there it was: the cutest little cabin, sitting at the edge of a forest in all the prettiest reds, yellows and oranges.

    I got out of the car, let Eddie out, and moved my things from into the house. I packed everything away — food in the fridge, clothes in the dresser, toiletries on the shelf in the bathroom. Putting everything in its place made me feel at home.

    So, now that everything was in its place, now what? I had no work to do that day, so I decided to explore the cabin’s amenities. There was a cute porch to sun myself on and a cute little firepit just for me. The fall sun was beaming down like it was still summer.

    So I sat by the firepit, and I rested.

    Well, kind of.

    I sat there for a few minutes. But it wasn’t long before my brain started circling. Had I forgotten anything? Had I put all my stuff away? Was the car locked? Did it even need to be?

    Then I’d stop myself and clear my mind. But in just a few more minutes, I was thinking: ‘Am I sure the car is locked?’ Then I realized the car is literally right beside me.

    I’d stop thinking, but after a few minutes, I’d have another thought.

    Oh, this sitting still, doing nothing, it felt so weird. I don’t know the last time I just stopped. I don’t think I remembered how.

    I only stayed sitting in that chair because the sun was so unusually warm, and I wanted to stay and enjoy it. So I stayed in that chair. And that’s when things started to happen.

    I lost track of time. And then I felt the denseness of my body, sinking deep into that chair. And my breathing started to slow down. My shoulders relaxed. Sitting amongst those beautiful trees in the sunshine, with nothing to do, I finally sunk into rest. And I cried — gentle, thin lines of tears that slid and rounded my cheeks and dripped off the edge of my chin.

    I have no idea how long I cried. But, at some point, I got up, dried my tears and went back into the cabin. I had to prepare for tomorrow. I mean, I had a schedule. I had work to do.

    So, the next morning, I settled in, with headphones, laptop and a snuggly corner of the couch to work in, with my little mug of tea. Then I attempted to start my workday. And I did do some work. But I was distracted, and I was still grouchy. And mostly, I was still drenched in sadness. Like after a really good cry, but one where you know there is much more pain there. I was grief soaked.

    And the next day, I was nauseated. Then, for some reason, I started craving whole milk. I haven’t drunk whole milk in over 15 years. But I thought my body wanted it, so I went out, I bought it, and I drank it. One swig. And then I threw it up.

    Dammit. Oh God, I knew what this meant. When I am nauseated and can’t hold down heavy food, something emotional needs to come out. And it needs to come out now.

    My body, mother earth, they didn’t care about my work schedule. They just didn’t care. My feelings were going to come out. Right now. Shit.

    So finally, I just surrendered. I took a break from all my non-pressing work, and I just sat there. I sat in the cabin, I sat by the fire pit, I sat on the porch. I ate when I needed to. But mostly, I stayed still, and I just stared — out the window, at the trees, at the TV, into space. And when the tears came, I let them. I let it all go.

    And once I did, I had a shocking revelation. My overwhelming anger was my way of staying in control, of staying safe, from a deep grief that was terrifying me. And it wasn’t about losing a baby. Yes, that was sad. But I had come to terms with being childless a long time ago. This grief was way deeper. I was grieving the loss of the family life that I’d hoped I’d gain by raising this child.

    My parents had gotten divorced when I was around seven years old. Before then, even when my parents were fighting, I loved being with my dad. He was my absolute best friend. My favorite memory of him was when he bundled me and my sister up in our snowsuits and took us to the park to play in the snow, for hours. And my mom, she waited inside like a Leave it to Beaver mom, making hot chocolate.

    So when my dad moved out, I lost my playmate. I lost my partner in crime. And after he left, he didn’t call. He didn’t return phone calls. He didn’t visit, and he’d often miss his assigned weekends with me and my sisters.

    Then, when he got together with my stepmother, I got to live with them for several years in my tweens and in high school. All of a sudden, I didn’t have to hope he would return my phone calls or come around. I didn’t have to hear him say he couldn’t talk because he was having dinner with his new family. I was in his new family. And he was right there.

    As an adult, I worked for my dad's business for a while. And when I worked for him, I’d see him every day. And we would joke around and get along just like when I was little. And if I called him, he’d call me back.

    But once I stopped living and working with him, I didn’t see him anymore. And he stopped returning my phone calls. He was gone.

    But his new family, oh, they seemed to have a charmed life — a mom and a dad in love, with really cool kids. A full family. And as I got closer to my half sister, sh’d tell me about my dad taking pictures of her while she got ready for prom, just like it is in the movies. He even showed up for a 5k run that she did to cheer her on. Yet, he hadn’t shown up to my graduation — from university.

    I mean, I knew I was jealous, but I didn’t realize how desperately I wanted to be a permanent member of my dad’s new family. So, when my stepmother called and asked if I wanted to adopt this child, with the full support of her and my dad, and I would be the mom to the first grandchild my dad and stepmother wanted so much, something inside me said, “This is my way in.”

    I felt blindsided. It seemed no matter what I did, I would never be enough to fully belong. I was broken.

    Now I knew exactly why I had been angry. My anger had been protecting me from my pain. But now that I knew the pain existed, I wanted to let it go. I wanted to feel normal again.

    So in that little cabin, amongst towering trees and nurturing sunshine, I let the healing begin.

    That week, I stayed still and allowed myself to feel my deepest pain. And as I did that — as I processed the real feelings that had been buried for so long — there was no space left for the anger.

    When the week was over, I was still grief soaked. But I was so relieved to feel something I understood and could reckon with in real time. Honestly, by the end of the week, even knowing I had more grief to work through, I felt refreshed.

    When I got home from the cabin, I still got angry. But it was like the little annoyances of everyday life. The grief was still there too. It takes a long time to be done with grief. But finally I knew what I was feeling, and that felt good.

    I know I will never be a real member of my dad's new family, and honestly, I don’t want to be. I realized that the fantasy family I had created in my mind, that wasn’t real. The real family dynamic, I found out, is something I don’t want to be a part of. And nature helped me see that.

    I had processed a lot of feelings since the adoption fell through. But it wasn’t until my trip to the cabin — until nature forced me to stop and let go — that I could even express the deepest pain I had inside. Sometimes, the feelings that are causing us problems are buried so deep that only the stillness of the woods can show us what we’re truly feeling. And only by letting ourselves feel those feelings can we start to reclaim our inner peace.

    WILLOW: That was Mykella Van Cooten. She’s a radio producer living in Toronto. If you want to see more of her work, I have a link at our website, outtherepodcast.com.

    Coming up next time on Out There: Naomi Mellor never learned how to swim. And taking lessons as a grownup? Well, that seemed out of the question.

    NAOMI MELLOR: Swimming, to me, was like riding a bike or learning to drive. It was a rite of passage for young people, not adults. I couldn’t imagine telling people I was learning from scratch. That would be mortifying. And the longer I left it without grasping the nettle, the larger the mental block became.

    WILLOW: Tune in on July 13 for a story about learning something new, as an adult.

    OK, so, time for a pop quiz. Where do you think the majority of Out There’s funding comes from? Is it: a) advertisements, b) gifts from listeners, or c) grant money?

    If you guessed B, you are correct. Last year, about two-thirds of our revenue came from listeners. Two thirds. That’s huge. It’s because of you that we are able to create thoughtful, introspective stories.

    So, to everyone who is already supporting Out There: Thank you. Thank you. Thank you. I am blown away by your generosity.

    If you’re not already supporting the show, consider becoming a patron today. Patrons are listeners who make monthly contributions to Out There through a crowd-funding platform called Patreon. You pick the amount you want to give, whether it’s $5 or $50 or some other amount, and they take care of the rest.

    To become a patron today, click the link in the episode description, or go to patreon.com/outtherepodcast.

    Out There is a proud member of Hub & Spoke, a collective of idea-driven independent podcasts. One of the other shows in the collective that I think you’d really enjoy is called Ministry of Ideas. It’s a small show about the big ideas that shape our world. Most recently, they’ve been running a special series about the relationship between religion and science. You can find Ministry of Ideas wherever you get your podcasts, or at ministryofideas.org.

    Support for Out There comes from PeakVisor. PeakVisor is an app that helps you make the most of your time in the mountains. They have intricate 3-D maps to help you plan out hikes. Once you’re in the mountains, you can use the app to figure out what peaks you’re looking at. And if you need a little help staying motivated, they also have a peak-bagging feature.

    If you’d like your own personal mountain guide, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Today’s story was written and narrated by Mykella Van Cooten. Story editing and sound design by me, Willow Belden.

    Out There’s advertising manager is Jessica Heeg. Our audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold.

    The final episode of this season will be in two weeks. We’ll see you then. And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Episode Credits

Story by Mykella Van Cooten

Story editing and sound design by Willow Belden

Music includes works from Blue Dot Sessions

Links

Support Out There on Patreon

 

This episode sponsored by

 

PeakVisor

 

Ice Swimming

Soothing the brain by shocking the body

Photo of a frozen sea, with a hole in the ice at the end of a dock.

An “avanto” in Finland, where people go ice swimming (Photo by Landry Ayres)

 
I had found this incredible sense of peace right there in the middle of that ice hole.
— Elizabeth Whitney
 

Season 4 // Episode 5

In Finland, it’s commonplace to go swimming in the winter — outdoors.

The practice offers surprising mental-health benefits, and it isn’t just for die-hard adventurers. On this episode, we share the story of one woman who started “ice swimming” in an effort to get through a devastating grief.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    JESSICA HEEG: This is Jessica Taylor, and I am the advertising manager at Out There Podcast, and I am actually in the middle of the Grand Canyon right now. And I’m out at Plateau Point, so I’m right above the Colorado River. And I’ve opened up my PeakVisor app.

    WILLOW BELDEN: PeakVisor is our presenting sponsor this season. Their app helps you figure out what you’re looking at when you’re out on adventures.

    Let’s say you’re in a national park, and you see a mountain in the distance, and you want to know what it is. PeakVisor will tell you. It’ll show you the name of the summit, how tall it is, how far away it is, plus, loads more info.

    JESSICA: It’s really cool to be able to see every single point and every single elevation of the entire canyon, all the way around me.

    WILLOW: If you’d like your own personal mountain guide, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    Our theme this season is “Secrets of the Earth.” Each episode, we’re harnessing the power of nature to better understand our own humanity.

    As we head into summer, many of us are thinking about swimming. Whether it’s a trip to the beach, or a lazy day at a lake, or just taking your kids to the local splash park — being in the water can be deeply relaxing. It’s a great way to escape the daily grind and release pent-up stress.

    Of course, for most of us, these activities come to an end when the weather gets cold. But what if you could go swimming year round? Outdoors? In a frozen sea?

    Today we're headed to Finland, where something called “ice swimming” is common. And we’re going to explore what can happen when we try to soothe the brain by shocking the body. Landry Ayres has the story.

    And just so you know, this episode discusses depression and addiction.

    ELIZABETH WHITNEY: Huomenta!

    LANDRY AYRES: Huomenta!

    I’m standing on the shore of the Baltic Archipelago in southern Finland, about seven kilometers from downtown Helsinki. It’s 20 degrees Fahrenheit, and while the sun is in one of its rare shining moods, the air is frigid, so much so that the entire sea before me is frozen solid. Everything, that is, but a small patch at the end of a dock that a new friend of mine is descending into.

    How does it feel?

    ELIZABETH: It’s like I’m being swaddled in a vice grip.

    (laughter)

    ELIZABETH: I had this friend — I don’t know if I told you this part — he said that at about two minutes you start to get this weird euphoric feeling like, “I could just stay here forever.” (laughs)

    LANDRY: I mean, when you got in I was expecting at least some sort of immediate, maybe unconscious, reaction. But it looks, if you didn’t know how cold it was, like you just jumped into any old swimming pool.

    ELIZABETH: I'm Elizabeth Whitney. And my official title in the world is I'm an associate professor in the City University of New York, and I'm also a visiting researcher at the University of Helsinki.

    I first came to Finland as a Fulbright scholar in 2015. It was a happy accident. It was the opposite world of New York, which was exactly what I needed. It was just quiet and beautiful. And I just, I fell in love.

    LANDRY: After her Fulbright program ended, Elizabeth moved back and forth between Finland and the U.S. several times. But she kept feeling this visceral pull back to the Nordics. Eventually she settled back down in Helsinki in 2021.

    But this time, it wasn’t the magical place she remembered. This was the height of the COVID-19 pandemic. Finland is already a society where it takes a lot of work to earn people’s trust. You don’t become best friends with people quickly there. And now, everyone was in covid isolation. So, it was lonely.

    And then, one day, she received some really horrible news.

    ELIZABETH: It was probably, I don't know, seven or eight in the morning here. And, yeah, I was alone in my apartment. And in one of those horrible movie moments where you wake up, and there are a whole list of messages on your phone, on all of the various social media platforms that we communicate on. And, you know, I'm reading like, in chronological order, that my brother is in the hospital, they don't think he's going to last another hour. And there's this garbled Google Translate voice message from my mom.

    And the first person I called was my youngest brother. And he told me that Bill had died an hour ago.

    I have two siblings. So I'm the oldest, Bill was the middle child, Ed is the youngest, and we were all very close as adults. Our nickname for each other was “Meow,” from Mr. Roger’s Neighborhood, that was our nickname for each other. And we talked in meow meow, we sang in meow meow. And you know, we were just incredibly silly. We all have a shared sense of, of silly humor. Bill was maybe the silliest though. I mean, he was — he was really, really, really funny.

    LANDRY: Bill had died of liver failure. It was a result of years of heavy drinking. His death wasn’t all that surprising, but it did happen suddenly, which of course didn’t make it any easier for Elizabeth.

    In those first few days after she got the news, she kept trying to focus on the happy memories she had of her brother.

    ELIZABETH: It’s so easy to get caught up in the last few years when his drinking was unmanageable, and he was unrecognizable. And it was…Frequently you just couldn't tell who you were having a conversation with, which is just an agonizing part of loving an addict, as many people know who have loved addicts.

    So it's like this back and forth between remembering, you know what a beautiful, kind, loving, queer, feminist cat weirdo artist he was, and what, like, a precious person he was, and then my anger at his inability to get his shit together.

    LANDRY: The next few weeks were a blur. Elizabeth had to deal with all of the mundane but exhausting tasks that come after something like this: buying plane tickets to go back home to see her family, arranging for long-term cat sitters, then going to Bill’s house and sifting through his belongings.

    And then, three months later, she went back to Finland and tried to go on with life. But that was really hard.

    I moved from the States to Finland not long before Elizabeth returned, and one of the first things you realize upon settling down here is that Finland is a nation of extremes. The summers are wonderful, but during the winter, the sun barely comes above the horizon, and it’s almost always cloudy. It’s so dark that over the course of a whole month, you only get a few hours of sunlight. It’s harsh, and one of the most common reasons newcomers have a hard time adapting to life here.

    So returning to Finland in the middle of one of the most bleak times of year was already going to be tough. But when you’re still in Covid isolation and your brother has died, that’s another level of pain. A kind of pain where the grief overshadows everything else. Where it seems like there’s no possibility for relief.

    ELIZABETH: I just was desperate. I needed to do something, I was numb. Like, if that makes sense, I was so physically numb, I just wanted something shocking. I just wanted to shock myself into a different place. And I just decided, I'm going to start ice swimming.

    LANDRY: Ice swimming has been a popular pastime in the Nordics for centuries. Lots of people do it. And it’s not just for rugged, tough survivalist types. There’s actually kind of a stereotype that it’s a hobby for older women. Imagine grannies puttering out onto a dock with flowery swim caps and neoprene socks on, then jumping into a frozen lake. When COVID-19 started, there was a big uptick in younger people picking it up, too. So, Elizabeth decided to try it.

    ELIZABETH: And so it did feel a bit like, you know, Cheryl Strayed in Wild where she’s just like, “I'm just putting this backpack on and I’m gonna start walking.” And so I just was like, “I'm just going out there.” And I had like the cheapest flimsiest shoes and gloves, and I had no idea what I was doing.

    LANDRY: Elizabeth went to an avanto, which is what Finns call a hole in the ice, where they swim, or rather, dip. There are tons of them scattered around Finland: small and large, well maintained and not. And they really are just holes in the ice.

    ELIZABETH: So it's almost like you're at a Finnish mökki, which is the summer cottage where there's a sauna, and then you walk down to the water to swim. And then you walk out of the cabin and down these wooden steps. And you have to walk across this often very icy, gravelly path. And then you walk down a pretty long dock, and there are steps that go down into the water, and you sort of push off from the steps and swim.

    The first time I went in, I managed to stay for 12 seconds.

    When you go in the water your muscles seize up. You are in a survival mode, like a really basic survival mode. And you panic.

    LANDRY: One of the things experienced cold swimmers will tell you is that the most important thing to do when you first start to panic like this is to control your breath. You shouldn’t think about the pain or numbness or how badly you want to get out; you should just try to steadily breathe in and out. That focus on the most basic of human needs, to breathe, helps distract you from everything else and prevents you from being overwhelmed and hyperventilating. So that’s all Elizabeth tried to do — just breathe.

    ELIZABETH: When I came out, I felt like I was on fire. It was like someone had plugged me into an electric socket. All your nerve endings just kind of fizz out for a minute, and you can't feel anything. You actually feel warm, like almost hot, like you feel this burning sensation all over your whole body. And it was, it was just, it was in a high it was this incredible high, and I just stood on the dock like, “This is drugs.”

    And then of course, you're chasing that high, if you will, for the rest of the time that you're swimming. Like, every time you do it, you're like “Aaah, is it gonna feel that good again? Is it gonna feel that good?” And of course, it's never as good as the first time, but it always does feel like, you always do get just like that burning endorphin rush. That's the part that keeps you going back.

    ANTTI LINDFORS: People refer to this practice as an addiction and themselves as having become addicted to this cold exposure.

    LANDRY: This is Dr. Antti Lindfors, a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Helsinki and co-author of Avantoon: A Winter Swimming Handbook. He says Elizabeth’s reaction is common. A lot of cold swimmers compare their hobby to an addiction. It happens because, when you’re in a stressful situation, like cold swimming, your body releases a bunch of chemicals in order to level you out. It’s immediate. It’s intense. And it actually feels really good.

    LINDFORS: I think it has to do with neurochemicals and hormones that cold exposure releases: noradrenaline and adrenaline, endorphins, which are these, basically, body's own morphine, a painkiller, and also dopamine and serotonin, these neurotransmitters.

    LANDRY: It’s kind of ironic, right? Elizabeth’s brother has just died from complications of substance abuse. And now she’s describing her one relief as “addicting.” If you didn’t know the high came from swimming it would sound a little self destructive. But actually, Lindfors says this kind of natural high can be pretty good for you.

    LINDFORS: If you're highly stressed, it helps you release those stress hormones and balances you back. But if you're, like, fatigued, you have low levels of stress hormones, it helps you to pump them up. So it has a balancing effect. And all of these have an effect on energy levels, focus, and through that, it's considered a potential treatment for depression, for instance.

    LANDRY: Elizabeth was hooked right away, so she kept with the cold swimming. Chasing the high of that first time, she returned to the avanto every day for a month straight, strengthening her diaphragm and practicing the proper breathing technique. She bought better neoprene socks and gloves, and got keys to a changing room so she didn’t have to change on the windswept dock.

    She was slowly becoming strong enough to stay in the water for longer periods: for 15 seconds, 30, then a minute, then two, the lack of feeling in her fingers and toes lasting longer and longer.

    ELIZABETH: It took me a couple of weeks before I could think about something other than surviving. And then maybe like a week after that, where I was like, “Oh, my God, this is gorgeous. This is incredible.” I couldn't believe how beautiful it was. You know, of course I've been swimming in Finnish lakes and ponds and in the Baltic in the summer, and had that experience, where I felt the stillness of it. But I'd never felt it in the winter.

    You know, Finnish winter is so beautiful. Even when there's, when the sun isn't out, there are so many shades of darkness that mix with the lightness that you can see. Gray and blue and silvers. And then there's birds circling overhead. And sometimes there's birds in the water with you, swimming and flying above and making beautiful bird noises. And immediately in front of you, you see the water, like the Baltic water, which is this sort of greenish gray color. But then there's this just vast expanse of white. So it feels like you're looking across a Tundra.

    LANDRY: Elizabeth remembers one day in particular when everything seemed to solidify — when she realized the avanto could give her more than just a high.

    ELIZABETH: I was alone in the avanto. And it was so quiet. It almost took my breath away, because it was so calming. It was like the stillness that I found inside of me matched the stillness that was around me in the nature. It was just this incredibly grounding experience. I felt like I was just part of that avanto, like I had found this incredible sense of peace right there in the middle of that ice hole.

    LANDRY: It might sound counterintuitive that being in freezing cold water in January would bring you a sense of peace, but for Elizabeth it did.

    She went back to the changing room on the shore and sat on the bench, warming up, and knew something was different. The pain wasn’t gone. Her grief from Bill’s passing was still there. And her fingers were still numb from the icy water. But it was no longer all consuming. She felt a newfound serenity. And she realized the two could coexist — that grief didn’t have to be gone for her to feel peace.

    It’s been over a year since Elizabeth lost her brother Bill. There’s been another winter, another season of relearning what cold swimming can do, another year of coming to grips with loss. She still misses Bill, still gets angry at him for the pain he caused, still feels sorry for the pain he lived with. But she’s no longer numb to those feelings, and instead, is finding ways to purposefully explore them. She’s been writing a lot, working on a book about the experience.

    What do you think Bill would say if you were able to call him up and be like, “I just went ice swimming today and told him about…”

    ELIZABETH: Yeah…He’d say, “Meow. That's crazy, meow. That's crazy, Meow! Send me a video.” I don't think he would want to do it. I don't think he would be interested in ice swimming. I tried to convince Ed, my other brother, to come by swimming. I don't think he wants to do it either. Which I respect, I respect. But yeah, I think that Bill would be like, “That's wild. And what an amazing way to commune with nature.”

    LANDRY: Elizabeth’s grief had been like a sheet of ice, hard and solid. But there was an immense amount of joy underneath it, a love for Bill and all their time together that she’d swam in since they were just a couple of silly kids. The avanto was more than just a literal hole in the ice. It was a gateway through her anguish, a door that let her enter those happy memories. It led to a small pool of joy amidst the vast tundra of grief.

    WILLOW: That was Landry Ayres. Landry is a creator living in Helsinki, Finland. You can find more from them on their Youtube channel, Finlandria, and on their podcast, You Only Guide Me by Surprise.

    Coming up next time on Out There: When was the last time you went outdoors and just sat there?

    MYKELLA VAN COOTEN: It wasn’t long before my brain started circling. Had I forgotten anything? Had I put all my stuff away? Was the car locked? Did it even need to be? Ah, this sitting still, doing nothing, it felt so weird.

    WILLOW: Tune in on June 29th for a story letting go and uncovering some surprising personal truths.

    If you’re enjoying Out There, one thing you can do to help us out is leave us a review on Apple Podcasts, or wherever you’re listening right now. I know I say this a lot, but when we get positive reviews from people like you, it makes it so much easier for new listeners to find us. And reaching new listeners is so important for independent podcasts.

    Out There is a proud member of Hub & Spoke, a collective of idea-driven independent podcasts. One of the other Hub & Spoke shows that I particularly like is called Subtitle. It’s a podcast about languages and the people who speak them.

    I personally have always loved words. And in fact, my whole family has a somewhat ridiculous fascination with grammar. It’s pretty common, when we get together at holidays, for us to have heated debates about obscure grammar questions. Like, this is normal dinner-table conversation for us.

    If you’re anything like me, and you think words are fascinating, check out Subtitle. You can find it wherever you get your podcasts, or at subtitlepod.com.

    Support for Out There comes from PeakVisor. PeakVisor is an app that helps you make the most of your time in the mountains. They have intricate 3-D maps to help you plan out hikes. Once you’re in the mountains, you can use the app to figure out what peaks you’re looking at, off in the distance. And if you need a little help staying motivated, they also have a peak-bagging feature.

    PeakVisor has been a loyal supporter of Out There for years, and I’m so grateful for their continuing sponsorship. If you’d like your own personal mountain guide, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Today’s story was reported and written by Landry Ayres. Story editing and sound design by me, Willow Belden. Out There’s advertising manager is Jessica Heeg. Our audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold.

    Special thanks to all of our listeners who are supporting Out There with financial contributions, including Eric Biederman, Phil Timm, Doug Frick, Tara Joslin, Deb and Vince Garcia, and the family of Mike Ludders. If you’d like to get in on the fun and support Out There financially, just go to patreon.com/outtherepodcast or click the link in the episode description.

    We’ll see you in two weeks. And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Episode Credits

Story by Landry Ayres

Story editing and sound design by Willow Belden

Music includes works from StoryBlocks and Blue Dot Sessions

Links

Support Out There on Patreon

 

This episode sponsored by

 

PeakVisor

 

Queer in Appalachia

What if ‘home’ isn’t a place you feel welcome?

Newt Schottelkotte on their road trip through Appalachia (Photo courtesy Newt Schottelkotte)

 
When you grow up never seeing yourself in the world around you, you start to believe you simply don’t belong there.
— Newt Schottelkotte
 

Season 4 // Episode 4

As a nonbinary person, Newt Schottelkotte never felt at home in Appalachia. But then, they went on a road trip with their dad. Driving through the Blue Ridge Mountains, something started to shift.

This is a story about figuring out how to be yourself without abandoning where you’re from.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    WILLOW BELDEN: Alright, I am out for a bike ride, and I’m in a spot here where I can see three different mountain ranges. And I only know what one of them is. And I’m always curious what the other two are.

    This happens often. I’ll be out doing something fun. I’ll see mountains in the distance. And I always want to know what they are. Which is where an app called PeakVisor comes in handy.

    PeakVisor is one of our sponsors for this episode. When you open up their app, it shows you a panoramic image of everything you’re seeing, with all the peaks labeled. It tells you each mountain’s name, its height, how far away it is. And it works for mountains all over the world.

    If you, too, like to know what you’re looking at when you’re out on adventures, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    This season, we’re exploring the theme “Secrets of the Earth.” Each episode, we’re harnessing the power of nature to uncover new truths and help us understand our own humanity.

    Today’s story is about self discovery. When we’re looking to find ourselves, we often go back to the place where it all started: home. From a yearly beach trip to a beloved backyard, the natural spaces we grew up in can be places of clarity and comfort.

    But what happens when those spaces come into conflict with who we are? What if home isn’t a space where you feel welcome? Newt Schottelkotte has the story.

    NEWT SCHOTTELKOTTE: You might not believe me if you saw me, but I did Cotillion. Cotillion is a formal ball or dance where debutantes are presented to society. The goal is to impress potential suitors. You go to a series of classes in a community center or high school gym and learn how to do things like foxtrot, know when to use a soup spoon, and greet the Queen of England.

    I took about two Cotillion classes before saying “Hell no,” but the impression it leaves on you is clear: this is the ideal to strive to. Putting on makeup and a nice dress and going to dinner and dancing with a man is what being a girl in the south is all about.

    The problem was, femininity never fit me growing up. I would have knock-down-drag-out fights with my mother about having to shave my legs. I pleaded to not have to wear a dress on special occasions. And it wasn’t just that I didn’t want to act like a stereotypical girl. I never felt like I was a girl.

    But to be fair, being a boy didn’t look great either. Boys in the south did a lot of things that seemed toxic to me. I didn’t want to be the kind of jerk who dissed the Babysitters Club, or who made fun of boys for crying.

    I wasn’t the only person who struggled to fit in, but that didn’t make it any easier. In the south, there wasn’t room for nuance. I remember seeing girls on the school volleyball team with perfectly curled hair and waterproof makeup, because anything less than extreme femininity when playing a sport would instantly get you pegged as an “ugly lesbian.” When I did theatre in high school, any guy that didn’t need a girl to hand-hold him through doing his stage makeup was instantly suspect. If you deviated from your assigned role, the labeling was swift and negative. And that didn’t leave room for anyone to explore their own gender. Everyone presents their gender differently, whether you identify as the one you were assigned at birth or not. My little sister is a girl in a totally different way than my mother is.

    In this kind of environment, there was one type of femininity, and one type of masculinity. I decidedly clicked with neither. Being anything other than ambiguous and in between felt wrong. Like I was doing a bad performance, and everyone watching me could tell. I was caught between a rock and a hard place, and during high school, where so much is placed on figuring out who you are, I felt trapped by either option.

    The first time I realized there might be a third option was during choir class my freshman year of high school. We were on a break, and I was scrolling through my Tumblr dashboard, when I came across a post breaking down the history of gender-neutral labels.

    The post explained that the Talmud, the Jewish book of holy commentary, lists six different terms to talk about gender. Six. They have words for cis people and words for binary and nonbinary trans people.

    Reading this, I felt a flutter of excitement in my gut. I had heard the word “transgender” before, but it was never really talked about. And “nonbinary” was a new concept altogether. Instantly, I felt less alone. The Talmud is older than the concept of Jesus, so for thousands and thousands of years, people have been out there who didn’t fit neatly into the categories of male or female. And religious texts recognized them. Not only that, but the blog post explained that thousands of indigenous cultures had a term for their version of gender-queerness.

    The post also talked about pronouns, and how we use the singular “they/them” pronoun when people don’t neatly identify as male or female. Something about that appealed to me right away, so I added “they/them” to the “she/her” that was already in my Tumblr bio. Instantly I felt a rush of endorphins and adrenaline, and a week later I removed the “she/her” altogether. As soon as I did that, people online started referring to me with they/them pronouns. It felt so good. So true to who I was. It was like they were actually talking to and about me, not this abstract idea of a female person I had never really felt connected to. I cherished that one space where I could give people the real me, and where I actually felt seen. The following year I even chose a new name for myself. One that wasn’t obviously feminine. I started calling myself Newton — or Newt, for short.

    But that was all strictly online. I didn’t feel like I could tell anyone at home that I was nonbinary. It wasn’t that I was afraid of the worst case scenario. I had heard the horror stories of trans kids getting kicked out, sent to conversion therapy, and worse. My parents weren’t bigots, but they had absolutely no idea what trans people were, much less nonbinary people. It would be a monumentally difficult and intense process of explaining myself to them. I didn’t want to go through that while I was still living with them. The whole idea felt overwhelming. Even putting aside the fact that I was still figuring myself out.

    And so, I explored my identity alone. In secret.

    I grew up during that nebulous time when shows like Glee had informed kids my age that gay people existed and didn’t deserve to be shoved in a locker (just ignored entirely), but the only resources for someone in a small town to figure out their gender and sexuality were on the Internet. Most of what the nonbinary identity meant to me came from queer spaces online, and pdfs of books the local library didn’t carry.

    I remember listening to the fiction podcast Welcome to Night Vale. The main character is gay. I would lie in bed, headphones over my ears and eyes closed, letting the world around me become one where people like me didn’t have to worry about explaining ourselves; we could just go on cool adventures and save the world. But then, the episode would end, and I’d be back in the real world. In Appalachia. In a place that seemed bigoted and inhospitable. Where the news cycle was dominated by Trump and poverty porn. Where people like me were pushed out, or worse.

    I felt so isolated. Everything about this region felt awful. I didn’t fit the social culture. I felt alienated and unwanted. When you grow up never seeing yourself in the world around you, you start to believe you simply don’t belong there.

    Finally, when I left for college, I decided it was time to come out. To my parents, and everyone else. I planned to haul my stuff into my dorm, introduce myself to my hallmates as Newt, and start my new life in college being a hundred percent out of the closet.

    The day after moving, I went out for breakfast with my parents to have The Talk. We sat down, the A/C roaring like most southern places in late August, and while my dad ordered biscuits for the table, I did the best thing I could think of to stop myself from backing out now: I went on Instagram and changed the name and pronouns on my account, then posted a screenshot of it to my story. Boom. Done. Time for the low-tech approach.

    My palms have never sweat as much as they did when I started to explain to my parents what nonbinary means. Both were in their late fifties, so it took a couple of attempts. I tried the flat Earth approach. I explained that our understanding of gender and science is constantly evolving, and just like how we’ve historically assumed the Earth was flat, we learned more as a species and moved on. We used to think there were only two genders, but, as many pre-colonial cultures knew from the very start, we now understand things are much more fluid than that. You don’t have to be one or the other.

    My dad ordered more biscuits.

    Then I told them my name was Newton.

    “What’s wrong with the name we gave you?” my dad asked.

    I told him it was instantly recognizable as a girl name, and I’m not a girl. He didn’t have anything to say to that. There wasn’t much reaction from either of them, really. It felt like I was pouring my heart out to a pair of brick walls.

    By hour two, I had successfully managed to get my mother to say a whole five words on the subject. My dad ordered another cup of coffee the moment I began my oral presentation on the history of the singular they. I explained that all the way back in the 1300s, people used “they” to refer to a single person whose gender the reader doesn’t know yet. The only real change in its use, I explained, is that now we also use it even when we do know a person’s gender. My dad still wasn’t looking at me. But then he forgot who our server was and wondered aloud, “Where are they?”

    I blotted my forehead with the last napkin at our table.

    Finally, they had to hit the road to make it back home before dinner. Nobody screamed, I did not throw up from nerves until I got back to my dorm, and we did not talk about the subject at all until I came home for the holidays. So, it could have gone worse. But, if I was being totally honest with myself, a “congratulations” would have been nice. Or a hug.

    By the end of my first semester, I had come out to just about everyone I knew, legally changed my name, and regularly introduced myself with they/them pronouns. While home for winter break, I chopped my hair off into a much butchier style and instantly felt my confidence skyrocket. My closet began to be dominated far more by the men’s section than the women’s. Aside from appreciating the much bigger pockets, I liked the way the clothes made me look and feel.

    And yet, these revelations weren’t exactly welcome. I had so many negative associations with masculinity that it felt like I was indulging in something I shouldn’t be. Masculinity was bad, femininity good, and androgyny even better — right?

    You’re probably thinking that college did the trick in helping me figure all of this out, if not from a gender studies class, then joining the campus GSA or meeting like-minded people at an event. Or I would have packed my things for a big city up north and found myself the old-fashioned way. It might come as much of a surprise to you as it did to me, then, where my biggest moment of self-discovery actually occurred.

    By the time summer vacation rolled around, I was feeling pretty stir-crazy. So when my father asked me to come with him on a road trip through Appalachia and up to Gettysburg for his sixtieth birthday, I said yes.

    Why? Well for one, I really did want to have a relationship with my parents. There’s the idea that, when you come out, if your folks aren’t immediately a hundred percent accepting of you, the relationship is a lost cause and they’ll never change. I had heard stories from friends that that wasn’t always the case, and if my father was willing to invite me, I was willing to take the olive branch. Something a lot of queer people learn as we grow up is that sometimes you have to meet the people you love halfway.

    In terms of the location, if you’d asked me where I’d like to have gone on vacation, I would have probably picked New York or even London, not a small mountain town known solely for the bloodiest single battle of the Civil War. That being said, I had been cooped up in a tiny dorm, staring at a Zoom screen for the better part of the year. He could have invited me to visit the world’s largest ball of string and I would have said yes. At least I knew I would get more biscuits out of it.

    The drive to Gettysburg is usually about six hours, but my father and I tacked an extra two on to take the scenic route. We headed into the Blue Ridge Mountains, meeting a thunderstorm about halfway through the day. The fields of corn and soybeans slowly became denser and denser forests, interspersed with wide fields of rolled hay. We passed small farms with produce stands and cows huddled against the rain. The air was cool from the storm, and we rolled down the windows. We kept the radio off and didn’t say anything, just listened to the hum of the engine and the birds calling overhead. The air smelled like wet soil and rhododendrons.

    As we reached the high point of the road and saw the world spread out in front of us along the highway, the rain stopped. The pavement beneath the car was still warm enough that steam poured off it. The clouds settled around the tops of the mountains as mist, and the sun punched holes through to beam down onto the fields below. My mother always called them God fingers, like heaven itself was reaching down to touch the land. It was one of the most beautiful things I had ever seen.

    The river was so loud I could feel it in my teeth. The pulse of the water over the rocks and through the valley sounded like a thousand crowded heartbeats, flowing together into a rip current of sound that made everything else around me fall away. You can’t be surrounded by that and not feel a part of something miles and miles and eons bigger than yourself. These mountains didn’t care about my baggage. They’re 480 million years old. They’d been around longer than any of all that.

    It surprised me how much yearning and love I felt. I had distanced myself from this region for so long. Maybe I was wrong to write off an entire region so quickly. I had been trying to sever my connection to Appalachia my whole life, but there was so much beauty here. Maybe I needed to give this place another chance. Maybe I shouldn’t be so rigid in labeling a place as either good or bad. Once I came to that realization, it unlocked a completely new way of seeing where I’m from — and who I can be.

    WILLOW: Hey, it’s Willow. We’ll hear the rest of the story in a moment. But first, support for this episode comes from Rumpl. Rumpl is introducing the world to better blankets with their full line of durable, premium, ultra-warm outdoor blankets and gear.

    Rumpl’s Original Puffy Blanket pairs durable, Ripstop Nylon with a DWR finish that is water, stain, and odor resistant. It’s kind of like a cross between a sleeping bag and a blanket. And it’s made using 100 percent post-consumer recycled polyester and insulation.

    Rumpl blankets can help you stay comfortable and warm on any adventure. Whether you’re traveling across the country or picnicking at your local park, Rumpl has you covered — literally.

    Shop their line of over 140 prints and designs at rumpl.com/outthere and use code OUTTHERE for 10 percent off your first order. That’s 10 percent off your first order when you head to rumpl.com/outthere and use the code OUTTHERE at checkout.

    Support also comes from Kula Cloth. Kula Cloth is a high-tech pee cloth for anyone who squats when they pee. In case you’re new to the concept, a pee cloth is a reusable cloth that you can use instead of toilet paper when you’re outdoors.

    I’ve been using a pee cloth for years, and it is a game changer. It makes personal hygiene so much easier in the backcountry. You still need toilet paper for number two, but otherwise, you are set. It’s clean, easy, and eco-friendly.

    For 15 percent off your Kula Cloth order, go to outtherepodcast.com/kula and enter the promo code OUTTHERE2023 at checkout. That’s outtherepodcast.com/kula, promo code OUTTHERE2023.

    And now, back to the story.

    NEWT: The day that we walked around the town of Gettysburg was their local pride festival. Gettysburg sits smack in the middle of rural Pennsylvania, an area most people would refer to as “the middle of nowhere.” I’ve always been pretty interested in history, but if you’d asked me to list historical sites that I’d classify as even marginally queer-friendly, Gettysburg would have been near the bottom.

    After a long morning of touring Civil War battlefields flooded with aggressively heterosexual middle-aged dads, stepping into the town square and staring agog at the pride flags hung everywhere was like finding another planet in your backyard. There were parents taking their kids to the craft fair stations in fun costumes, and a circle of advocacy and health booths, and teens and tweens wearing flags like capes and cringey glitter makeup and pins and just getting to do all the embarrassing things you do at that age but as themselves. LGBTQ, in Appalachia, on a beautiful summer day in June.

    I went to one of the craft fair booths with my father and sat down in the midst of a group full of queer people of all ages: a grandmother and her grandson, a mother and her infant wearing rainbow antlers, and a college student home for the summer. We were all painting rocks, each of them a different animal. I made a frog, because I like frogs.

    Part of what is so incredible about queer spaces is that they bring people together who would otherwise have nothing in common. As much as we like to insist that our gender or sexuality is a small part of who we are, there is an important community to be had with people who share your marginalized experience. As I sat there, covering my chosen rock with green paint, I realized that our queerness wasn’t the only pivotal thing that everyone here had in common. It was the place we had chosen to gather in — the place we all called home despite everything and everyone that said we shouldn’t.

    Walking around, seeing all of these people, it reminded me of something important: we are here. We have always been here. And not just that, but we exist here joyously and are working together as a community to create spaces that celebrate who we are without abandoning where we’re from. On that day, there wasn’t a single protester or bigot looking to ruin the fun — just clear blue sky above a place where we could all be ourselves. Not just queer, but Appalachian too.

    When we sat down on the curb of town square to eat lunch, I started chatting with the lesbian couple next to me. One of them was a butch. She had short, short hair — almost a buzzcut, with a single stud earring as her only piece of jewelry. Her nails were neat and short, hands littered with calluses, and she was wearing cargo shorts and a men’s tank top. Her sneakers were the exact same kind as my dad’s. She was holding both her, and her wife’s, paper boats for their hot dogs, the keys on her belt loop jingling every time she leaned forward to take a bite. She and her wife were refurbishing their basement, and she was more than excited to tell me about the wood varnish they were using for the floors.

    Whenever I see another butch in public, it always feels incredibly special. We have this thing called the butch head nod, where whenever you see another butch out and about, you give them a quick little bob of the head and make eye contact. It can only last a second, but that moment of connection and solidarity is so important to me. It says, “I see you, I know who you are, and I am reaching out deliberately to remind you that you are not alone.”

    Sitting down with this fellow butch in the heart of Appalachia wasn’t just special because of that base kinship. It was a chance to see the specific version of myself that I wanted to be in this place. She had on work shoes like mine — the kind made for yard work that dads (including mine) go crazy for — and a drawl like mine and seemed perfectly comfortable with both of those things. I wanted to be that comfortable in my own skin. Seeing her planted a seed in my mind: that I could not only be openly queer here, but that I could embrace my masculinity and my Southern roots.

    That night, we ended the day, and the trip itself, at a cider tasting place just off the square. There were people obviously coming from the festival, and more traditionally rural-looking folks, all sitting together and enjoying the music and drinks. I certainly wasn’t old enough to drink yet, so I just sat and looked around, taking in the atmosphere. It felt pretty close to perfect.

    Before this trip, I had never gotten the opportunity to see queer people in the south and Appalachia out, in every sense of the word — thriving and living and loving in our home. The thing about so many queer spaces is that they’re online, and when they’re not online, they’re centered in, and about the experiences of, the people who live in metropolitan and northern regions. Walking around Gettysburg — getting outside and offline — helped break down the false idea that we don’t exist here, much less belong. Of course we do. There are things that need changing, but we can be here, and we can be happy too. Being gay in the south is not about being beaten to death with a shovel on the side of the road. It’s not about hating church, or leaving your family, or at least not entirely about that. There is community to be had here, and there are people being themselves in a way that I had always wanted to.

    A lot has changed since that trip. I feel a lot more comfortable now with calling myself a transmasculine nonbinary person. For me, that means that while I was raised as a girl and assigned the gender marker of female at birth, I now present myself in a more masculine way. I’m still nonbinary, still neither a man nor a woman, but I started testosterone and pretty much my entire closet is squarely from the men’s section, boots and all.

    I fall very firmly into the category of a fine southern gentleman, and I’m okay with that. I like holding open the door for not just my date, but older folks and moms juggling their kids. When we’re out on the town, my friends know they can trust me to watch their drink, or fend off a jerk at the bar, or walk on the outside of the street. I like working with my hands. I like providing for the people I care about.

    My version of southern masculinity is about being someone that your people can rely on no matter what. It’s telling someone, “It makes me happy to make your life a little bit easier in whatever way I can” — whether that’s lending a hand to a stranger or showing one of your own that they are welcome here, too.

    WILLOW: That was Newt Schottelkotte. They are a producer, sound designer, composer, and all-around podcasting person from Nashville, Tennessee.

    Coming up next time on Out There: it’s pretty common to go swimming in the summer. But what about in the winter?

    ELIZABETH WHITNEY: I felt like I was on fire. It was like someone had plugged me into an electric socket. It was this incredible high. And I just stood on the dock. And then of course you’re chasing that high, if you will, for the rest of the time you’re swimming. Like, every time you do it, you’re like, “Ah, is it going to feel that good again? Is it going to feel that good?”

    WILLOW: Tune in on June 15 for a story about ice swimming.

    Before you go, I want to share a couple of things.

    First, I’m participating in a panel that the Sierra Club is running. It’s going to be tomorrow, June 2, at 1 p.m. Eastern Time, and it’s online, so you can join from anywhere. We’re going to be discussing diverse perspectives in outdoor media, and I would love to invite you to join us. I have a link to the event in the episode description, and I hope to see you there.

    Secondly, we’re starting to plan out the next season of Out There, and I’d love your input on what the season theme should be. I’ve put together a really quick poll — it’s just one question — and you can fill it out by clicking the link in the episode description.

    Out There is a proud member of Hub & Spoke, a collective of idea-driven independent podcasts. One of the other shows in the collective is called Open Source. They like to describe themselves as “an American conversation with global attitude.” You can find Open Source wherever you get your podcasts, or at radioopensource.org.

    Alright, so I’ve opened up PeakVisor. It’s thinking.

    PeakVisor is one of our sponsors. It’s an app that helps you make the most of your time in the mountains. Let’s say you’re out on a hike or a bike ride. It’ll help you figure out what mountains you’re looking at.

    Oh wow, ok. So I am looking all the way down into Rocky Mountain National Park. Like, I can see Long’s Peak from here. That’s pretty cool.

    PeakVisor has info on more than a million summits all over the world. Plus, they have detailed 3D maps to help with planning. And they have a peak-bagging feature that lets you keep track of your achievements.

    If you’d like your own personal mountain guide, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Today’s story was written and narrated by Newt Schottelkotte. Story editing and sound design by me, Willow Belden. Out There’s advertising manager is Jessica Heeg. Our audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold.

    We’ll see you in two weeks. And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Episode Credits

Story by Newt Schottelkotte

Story editing and sound design by Willow Belden

Music includes works from StoryBlocks and Blue Dot Sessions

Links

Take our poll about next season’s theme

Sierra Club Panel: Diverse Perspectives in Outdoor Media

Support Out There on Patreon

 

Sponsors

PeakVisor

Rumpl

Use promo code “OUTTHERE” to get 10% off your first purchase at rumpl.com/outthere

Kula Cloth

Use promo code “OUTTHERE2023” to get 15% off your order at outtherepodcast.com/kula

Rekindling Hope

How an unexpected gift from nature quelled a deep depression

Carolyn McDonald (Photo courtesy Carolyn McDonald)

 
Make room for what you can’t imagine.
— Carolyn McDonald
 

Season 4 // Episode 3

Carolyn McDonald was struggling — hard. The depression had gotten so bad that she couldn’t see a way forward.

Then, one day, she went to the beach.

On this episode, we share the story of what happened. It’s a story about art, wonder, and finding joy at low tide.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    WILLOW BELDEN: Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    This season, we’re exploring the theme “Secrets of the Earth.” Each episode, we’re harnessing the power of nature to uncover new truths and help us understand our own humanity.

    Today, we have a story about rekindling hope. But before we get to that, I want to give a shout-out to our presenting sponsor for the season, PeakVisor.

    If you’re anything like me, when you’re out in the mountains, you probably like to know what you’re looking at. For example, if you’re out on a hike, and you see gorgeous peaks off in the distance, you want to know what they are.

    But oftentimes, it’s hard to figure it out. Because hiking maps usually only show you the immediate vicinity.

    That’s where PeakVisor comes in handy. It’s an app that’s made just for this kind of situation. It’ll figure out where you are, and then it’ll tell you all the mountains you’re looking at. It gives you their names, their elevations, how far away they are.

    The app also has all sorts of features that are helpful for trip planning. And you can keep track of your accomplishments with their peak-bagging feature.

    If you’d like your own personal mountain guide, check out Peak Visor in the app store. You just might love it.

    And now, on to our story for today.

    If you’ve ever suffered from depression, you know how insidious it can be. It has this way of seeping into every aspect of your life and sucking away the joy. No matter how hard you try to find silver linings, the world seems dark and bleak and lonely.

    So, how do you rekindle hope?

    Today’s story is about finding a way out of the pain. And it’s about what nature can give us, when the tide is very low. And just so you know, this story contains some adult language.

    2020 was a rough year for pretty much everyone. But it was especially hard for Carolyn McDonald.

    CAROLYN MCDONALD: I had gone through a horrible breakup, and I was just so heartbroken. And the same day this my guy suddenly, out of the blue, ended it, in the middle of a sentence, you know, my sister passed away six days later.

    WILLOW: It was like double grief.

    And then, Carolyn got covid. Not once, but twice. Both times, she was sick for months. Remember, this was long before there was a vaccine. The symptoms were excruciating: crushing headaches, stabbing pains in her organs, difficulty breathing, brain fog.

    But what made it even worse was the isolation. Carolyn had just moved to California from the east coast, and she didn’t know anyone. Besides, this was the point where people were going into lockdown. Even if she’d had friends locally, they wouldn’t have been able to see her.

    CAROLYN: I was very depressed. Like I remember waking up and just literally praying, just: “Is this going to lift?” And being on the verge of tears all the time. And just feeling hopeless. I’d never felt that in my life before, and I’ve been through some troubling times and challenges in my life. But this was the first time that I really honestly felt hopeless. And that was a little frightening for me.

    WILLOW: Month after month went by. The symptoms of long covid lingered. The isolation continued. The depression worsened. It got to the point where she couldn’t see a way forward. Couldn’t imagine a future in which things would be ok.

    CAROLYN: The mornings were the worst. I’d just be very heavily woeful in the morning, and oftentimes waking up in tears.

    WILLOW: She tried to cheer herself up as best she could. She listened to podcasts. Motivational sermons. Self-help books. But those things only offered a temporary reprieve.

    CAROLYN: Like, you know, taking an Advil or a painkiller. It works for a while. And then it goes away.

    The beach was the one saving grace. Because, you know, nobody was allowed to go anywhere. You couldn’t, certainly to cafes, barely to the grocery store. So it was so cathartic to be able to go to the beach.

    Just being there, sitting on the sand, watching the sun. And birds. I became a bird — not a bird watcher or aficionado— but just getting into watching the sandpipers versus the seagulls versus the birds I still don’t have the names for. But just watching them patter around and go out and run to the sea and come back with the wave.

    So I went every day, because I literally live a seven-minute walk. You know, so I would take my time when my energy wasn’t as much. But I would go out, I have this little blanket, and I’d just sit there. And that was, and still is, my thing.

    WILLOW: The beach was soothing. But, just like the podcasts and sermons, it was only a temporary Band-aid. Once she got home, she’d sink back into gloom. And the next morning, she’d wake up as sad as ever.

    And then, one day, something happened. Something that would help her in a way she could never have imagined.

    CAROLYN: Man, that was one of those days. It was just one of those days where I remember weeping that morning. I remember waking up just like, ‘When is this shit going to be over? When am I going to wake up one morning and not be in pain? What morning am I going to wake up and not feel heavy and not cry?’ And it just wouldn’t leave. And that was just one of those melt-down days. It was a melt-down morning. And I just at my dining room table, I just, “OK, ok,” and I just stopped, like “Go to the beach.”

    And I was walking along, and I was angry. I remember just being angry. Is anything going to change? I just want this shit to be over. And so I remember thinking, like, ok, and again that sense of hopelessness too. Like, ‘Ok I’m not even going to look up because if I look up, I’ll think there’s going to be hope, and I know there’s no hope. This shit is not going to change. Every morning I’m waking up like this. So I might as well keep my head down, cause nothing good is going to happen. And I’m just going to keep my head down.’

    WILLOW: So she’s walking along the beach, chin to her chest, staring at the ground. And then all of a sudden, something catches her eye. A pattern in the sand. And then another. And another. Some looked like trees. Some looked like people. Animals. Egyptian glyphs. All carved into the sand by the ocean. They were extraordinarily detailed, and just gorgeous.

    CAROLYN: It was low tide, and the water, as it was trickling in, on each wave, it would, you know, the water would run up to the beach, and it would just kind of carve these amazing, intricate forms into the sand.

    And I kept thinking when I saw them, of the word spectacular. And all those words – you know, spectacular, stupendous. I was just blown away by the detail, the intricacy of what water could do into sand at low tide. And it’s the first time I remember feeling awe. You know, because again, it’s a word we use, but how many times do we experience awe? You know, but I was very aware of awe.

    WILLOW: Carolyn had walked this beach many times. And sure, waves often make patterns in the sand. But this was different. She had never seen anything like it. These etchings were ethereal. Otherworldly.

    CAROLYN: I don’t know how to say it and not make it sound too woo-woo. But I felt like they appeared for me that day. And they were a sign that everything’s going to be alright.

    WILLOW: Instinctively, Carolyn pulled out her phone and started taking pictures. She had always loved photography, and something about these shapes compelled her to capture them. And once she started, she couldn’t stop. She took photograph after photograph after photograph, circling around the shapes, experimenting with different angles.

    CAROLYN: I remember tiptoeing around them. I remember not wanting to disturb them or mess them up or put footprints. Because there were some that had footprints, and people were, you know, you could tell were walking over them and walking through them and stepping on them. And I was like, ‘How could you step on these things?’

    WILLOW: Carolyn has no idea how long she stayed out there. All she knows is she didn’t want to leave. The act of photographing these sand patterns was so joyful. She was totally and utterly in the zone. And as she took picture after picture, she felt something shift inside her.

    CAROLYN: I forgot completely about my own woes. I remember getting caught up in awe. Just utter awe.

    WILLOW: There on the beach, surrounded by nature’s art, Carolyn felt something she hadn’t experienced in a very long time.

    CAROLYN: Hope. Because I had no concept of nature creating something like this. I had no concept of the sea water, tricklings of sea water, being able to carve such beautiful images into the sand. I did not know that could occur.

    WILLOW: And so she thought to herself: ‘If nature can create something so marvelous — so unexpected — so out of the realm of anything I could have imagined — maybe there are more surprises in store, too.’

    CAROLYN: Just maybe, maybe though I can’t see my life getting better, just maybe there’s possibility for something amazing to occur that I couldn’t conceive.

    WILLOW: We’ll hear the rest of the story in a moment. But first, since we’re on the topic of the beach today, I want to pause for a moment and tell you about one of our sponsors, Rumpl.

    Rumpl is on a mission to introduce the world to better blankets. And it all started when the founders went on a surf and ski trip through California. On this trip, they got stuck in the back of their car in freezing temperatures. And so, while they waited for rescue, they bundled up in sleeping bags to stay warm. And that’s when they realized how much better the materials in their sleeping bags felt than what was on their beds back home. And so they came up with the idea for a “Sleeping bag blanket.”

    Rumpl’s Original Puffy Blanket pairs durable, Ripstop Nylon with a DWR finish that is water, stain, and odor resistant. The blankets are machine washable, and they’re a great way to stay comfortable and warm on any adventure.

    You can shop their line of over 140 prints and designs at rumpl.com/outthere and use code OUTTHERE for 10 percent off your first order. That’s 10 percent off your first order when you head to rumpl.com/outthere and use code OUTTHERE at checkout.

    Support also comes from Kula Cloth. Kula Cloth makes premium pee cloths.

    And in case you’re new to pee cloths, they are just what they sound like. They’re reusable cloths that you can use instead of toilet paper when you pee outdoors. They’re designed for women and anyone who squats when they pee.

    I’ve been using a pee cloth for years, and it is a game changer. It makes backcountry hygiene so much easier.

    For 15 percent off your Kula Cloth order, go to outtherepodcast.com/kula and enter the promo code OUTTHERE2023 at checkout. That’s outtherepodcast.com-slash-K-U-L-A, promo code OUTTHERE2023.

    And now, back to the story.

    That day at the beach brought back memories for Carolyn. Memories from her childhood. Memories of falling in love with photography. She remembers sneaking into her mother’s bedroom as a little girl and borrowing the camera.

    CAROLYN: You know, she’d put it back on the dresser in the bedroom, and I would sneak it, you know I would like just take it off the dresser, and I would go to the door and take a picture real quick. And then I’d go put it back, and of course get busted when the film comes back, you know. Like, “Where did this extra picture come from?”

    WILLOW: Eventually, she saved up enough money doing chores to buy her own camera. And she started photographing everything: waterfalls, airplanes, her family, people at school. She loved every minute of it. It brought her so much joy. But then, life got in the way.

    CAROLYN: Growing up in a, you know, like a lot of us, not all of us, but for me, growing up in a working class, lower socioeconomic household, you know, you’re guided and groomed to get a job. And not being from a family or community that knew you could possibly have a job as a photographer. And so when it came time to earning a living, I kind of just put it aside.

    WILLOW: Over the years, she dabbled here and there. Took a course in college. Photographed things she saw around town. She even had a show or two. But it never turned into anything serious. Photography was always just a hobby for her. Relegated to the sidelines. And as we all know, it’s hard to keep a childhood passion alive, when you’re just trying to get through the difficult task of being an adult.

    But now, here at the beach, she felt that same giddy excitement she’d felt as a kid.

    CAROLYN: I was so aware of being back in that zone of joy. Being aware that you love this.

    WILLOW: Carolyn photographed every single sand pattern that day. She didn’t want to miss a thing. These images were so special.

    When she was done, she raced home and uploaded the photos onto her computer. And when she looked at them, she was blown away. These photos were good. Really good. She had never prided herself on her own work. But even she could see the artistry here.

    CAROLYN: I’m looking at this, ‘That thing right there is dope. That image right there. That frame, now, that’s amazing. Ok. I created that. But even if I wasn’t me and I would see that in a gallery, I would want to buy that.’

    WILLOW: And it was then, as she allowed herself to admire her own work for the first time, that Carolyn had a surprising thought. These photographs she’d created — these were art. And she was an artist. She had never thought of herself that way before, not in her wildest fantasies.

    CAROLYN: Even though, as I said, I had taken photos and had photography exhibits, it was something about these images specifically that gave me permission to say, “You’re an artist.”

    WILLOW: The thought was a little scary. But it was also liberating.

    Over the next few weeks, Carolyn sifted through her photos. She edited them. Sorted them. Gave them names. And she started to think about what she could do with them. Perhaps they could become a series. Maybe they could even be the start of a new career for her. A career as a photographer.

    She started making inquiries. Reached out to galleries. Brainstormed ideas for generating income. And then, she took one final step. Something she’d been kind of avoiding.

    CAROLYN: It’s so funny, I was having lunch with my daughter on Saturday. And she hadn’t seen the new stuff, because I’d kind of hidden it, in a way. You know, it’s like everybody has that person, whether it be a parent, a child, a mate, or whatever, that you hide stuff from. You’re like afraid: what they gonna think of it? And so I hadn’t showed her anything.

    And so I almost kind of mumbled – I literally mumbled, “So now, since I’m an artist….” You know, it was like, “So I’m an artist.” It was like, there’s only one other person you feel like you need permission from. I didn’t care about anybody else, you know what I mean? But there’s always one person you feel like, whether it’s a parent, it’s like I needed her validation. And she’s like, “Oh this is cool, this is really cool.” And I’m like, “OK.”

    WILLOW: One morning, several months after the fateful beach day, Carolyn woke up feeling different.

    CAROLYN: I believe it was a Saturday morning, and I remember distinctly, ‘Wow, I’m not in pain today.’ And I felt lighter. And I was just like, ‘Oh my God, I didn’t wake up in pain today.’

    WILLOW: She’d been distracted from her sadness before. But now it was just gone. It was like, she had so much joy in her heart from her photography work that there wasn’t space for depression, too.

    When we’re at our lowest, it can be hard to see a way out. It can be hard to imagine that the pain will ever end, or that there’s a way forward. But it’s also at low tide that some of the most beautiful things can happen. Things that spark wonder and rekindle optimism. Surprises in the sand that offer hope.

    The beach had taught her to have faith. It had taught her to trust that good things are out there, even if you can’t quite conceive of them.

    CAROLYN: Just because I can’t see it, or can’t see the how, this let me know that there is hope beyond my conception of things. You know what I mean? You know, there’s room for what you can’t imagine. Make room for what you can’t imagine.

    WILLOW: The sand patterns may not be solely responsible for Carolyn’s emotional recovery. She still listened to motivational podcasts and sermons. She went to therapy. But that magical day at the ocean was the spark. It’s what enabled her to see a future. A future in which her happy place — her art — could be front and center.

    And no, she hasn’t discarded her old life. She didn’t quit her day job. But she’s intentionally working to create a career out of the thing that brings her joy. And she has the beach to thank for that.

    If you’d like to see some of Carolyn’s photos from that day at the beach, head over to our website, outtherepodcast.com. You can also follow Carolyn on Instagram @createdbycarolyn.

    Coming up next time on Out There: Newt Schottelkotte grew up in Appalachia. But they never felt welcome there. The whole region seemed antithetical to who they were. And then one day, they went to the Blue Ridge Mountains.

    NEWT SCHOTTELKOTTE: It surprised myself how much yearning and love I felt. I had distanced myself from this region for so long. Maybe I was wrong to write off an entire region so quickly. Maybe I shouldn’t be so rigid in labeling a place as either good or bad.

    WILLOW: Tune in on June 1st for that story.

    It’s hard to believe, but we’re already starting to think about our next season. And we’d love your input on what that season should look like. What theme do you want us to focus on? We put together a poll, and I would be so grateful if you’d fill it out. It’s super quick — just one question. And you find the link in the episode description, or at outtherepodcast.com.

    Out There is a proud member of Hub & Spoke, a collective of idea-driven independent podcasts. One of the other shows in the collective that I think you’ll enjoy is called Iconography. They share stories about the icons — both real and imagined — that define our sense of place. One episode I particularly enjoyed is the one about the Boston Marathon and the Citgo sign. You can find Iconography wherever you get your podcasts, or at iconographypodcast.com.

    This season of Out There is supported by PeakVisor. PeakVisor is an app that helps you make the most of your adventures in the mountains.

    They have intricate 3D maps to help you plan out your trips. They have navigation features that help you stay on the right path. They have peak-bagging challenges to keep you motivated. And, as I mentioned at the top of the episode, once you’re out on adventures, you can use their peak identification feature to figure out what mountains you’re looking at.

    If you’d like your own personal mountain guide, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Today’s story was produced by me, Willow Belden. Story editing by Corinne Ruff. And special thanks to Lori Mortimer for feedback on the sound design.

    Out There’s advertising manager is Jessica Taylor. Our audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold.

    Special thanks to all our listeners who are supporting Out There with financial contributions, including Eric Biederman, Phil Timm, Doug Frick, Tara Joslin, Deb and Vince Garcia, and the family of Mike Ludders. If you’d like to support Out There too, go to patreon.com/outtherepodcast. Patreon is a crowd-funding platform for creative endeavors, and I have a link in the episode description.

    We’ll see you in two weeks. And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Selections from TIME + TIDE: AS REVEALED BY LIGHT

by Carolyn McDonald

 

Episode Credits

Story and sound design by Willow Belden

Script editing by Corinne Ruff

Special thanks to Lori Mortimer for sound-design feedback

Music includes works from StoryBlocks and Blue Dot Sessions

Links

Buy one of Carolyn’s photos

Follow Carolyn on Instagram

Take our poll about next season’s theme

Support Out There on Patreon

 

Sponsors

PeakVisor

Rumpl

Use promo code “OUTTHERE” to get 10% off your first purchase at rumpl.com/outthere

Kula Cloth

Use promo code “OUTTHERE2023” to get 15% off your order at outtherepodcast.com/kula

Moonlight

Getting back on track when you lose your way

Stepfanie Aguilar camps at Red Rock Canyon State Park (photo courtesy stepfanie aguilar)

 
I learned something meaningful that night in the desert. I learned how important family stories can be, when you’re trying to move through this world.
— Stepfanie Aguilar
 

Season 4 // Episode 2

We’ve all had moments when we feel lost. Sometimes it’s literal — getting lost in the mountains or at sea. Sometimes it’s emotional — where we question our place in life. 

Either way, it’s unnerving. And lonely.

This story takes us from the deserts of California to the jungles of the Philippines, and explores how one young woman got back on track, when she lost her way, both literally and figuratively.

  • Welcome to Out There Podcast. Our stories are written for the ear, so for those able, we recommend listening while reading along. Transcripts may contain minor errors; please check the audio before quoting.

    VOICEOVER: Hub and Spoke audio collective.

    DENIS BULICHENKO: We went on a skiing tour, a back-country ski tour. And the thing was that the weather was unreliable on that day.

    WILLOW BELDEN: This is Denis Bulichenko.

    DENIS: So we went to the summit and started our descent. But at the same time, the clouds arrived, and it was like clear whiteout. We weren’t able to see anything at all. And we were quite lost.

    WILLOW: Lost. In the mountains. In a snowstorm. This is NOT a situation you want to be in.

    But luckily, Denis had a tool at his disposal. An app that he’d developed. It’s called PeakVisor, and it helps you navigate in the backcountry. And in this case, it was a lifesaver.

    DENIS: Using 3-D map and the terrain visualization, we were able to track back our steps and to find a safe descent to the valley.

    WILLOW: PeakVisor is our presenting sponsor this season. Check out their app in the app store. You just might love it.

    Hi, I’m Willow Belden, and you’re listening to Out There, the podcast that explores big questions through intimate stories outdoors.

    This season, we’re exploring the theme “Secrets of the Earth.” Each episode, we’re harnessing the power of nature to uncover new truths and help us understand our own humanity.

    Today’s story is about losing your way.

    We’ve all had moments when we feel lost. Sometimes, it’s literal — getting lost in the mountains, or at sea. Sometimes, it’s emotional — when we question our place in life.

    Either way, it’s unnerving. And lonely.

    On this episode, Stepfanie Aguilar takes us from the deserts of California to the jungles of the Philippines, and explores how you get back on track, when you lose your way, both literally and figuratively.

    STEPFANIE AGUILAR: I was at the top of this ridge. And I was by myself. The wind was so strong that I thought it would knock me off the cliff. I kept saying to myself, “Don’t look down, don’t look down.”

    Because I’m really scared of heights.

    But let’s back up.

    At the time, I was in my mid twenties, and I was going through a quarter-life crisis. I didn’t know what kind of work I should do, I was under a lot of debt, and I wasn’t sure what I was passionate about. It was an unfulfilled life.

    I was carrying a lot of shame and disappointment because I couldn’t get myself together. I was getting more and more insecure about myself. It was a downward spiral.

    The one thing that helped was getting outdoors. I found myself drifting into the mountains, forests, and deserts. Away from where people crowded. In places where I didn’t have to perform.

    There was one year when I kept my camping gear in the trunk of my car all the time, because I was camping so much.

    Camping and hiking was therapeutic. Hiking was embodied meditation, reflection, and knowledge-seeking. It also seemed to symbolize the obstacles in my life. Like struggling and wanting to turn back. Measuring to see if I can push myself a little further to pull it off.

    But one day, that therapeutic practice became something else. Something unexpected. Something frightening.

    STEPFANIE (field recording): Packing for an overnight camping trip, and I’m missing a flashlight.

    STEPFANIE (narration): My destination was Red Rock Canyon State Park. It’s in the desert, an hour away from where I live in southern California.

    It was one of those weeks where I felt mentally drained, and I just needed a quick getaway. So at the last minute, I packed up the rest of my camping gear and hit the road.

    When I got to the campground in the afternoon, I was amazed. I hadn’t expected it to be this beautiful. I pitched my tent at the foot of these dramatic cliffs.

    STEPFANIE (field recording): It’s like I’m gonna camp in between some giant’s toes.

    STEPFANIE (narration): After setting up my tent, I decided to go for a sunset hike. I wanted to stretch my legs before making dinner and take pictures of plants during golden hour. Taking pictures was another meditative activity for me.

    I looked at my map. There was a short nature trail nearby. It’s just what I needed: gentle and easy.

    STEPFANIE (field recording): I’m all packed for my little hike. Let’s see what this trail is all about.

    STEPFANIE (narration): As I hiked, I photographed Cholla cacti, the ones that look like prickly teddy bears. There were Joshua trees. Yucca plants. And it was a very clear sky. Even the moon was already out.

    The sandy trail led me up to a viewpoint high above the campground. And the view. Ah, the view was spectacular.

    From the top, I saw a panorama of hoodoos, these tall, thin rock formations that remind me of chess pieces. I saw shallow caves in the cliffs across from where I stood.

    I had planned to turn back at this point. But I was so curious about this place. It looked mystical. It was also my first time here, and I only had this one night. I wanted to keep exploring.

    Judging from the map, it looked like there was a trail that would take me down into the canyon in front of me. I could then pick up another trail and loop back to the campground. Easy.

    I decided to try it.

    But it didn’t take long for me to wonder if this was a good idea. First of all, the trail was very exposed. And remember, I have a fear of heights.

    STEPFANIE (field recording): Okay. (laughs nervously) It's so high.

    STEPFANIE (narration): Secondly, the terrain was rough. This wasn’t an easy nature trail anymore. It was steep, slippery, and rocky. And I wasn’t prepared.

    STEPFANIE (field recording): This is the first time I brought my running shoes, which isn't really for hiking. I didn't bring my hiking boots.

    STEPFANIE (narration): But I figured that once I got down to the bottom, it would be okay. It would be worth it. So I took a deep breath and scrambled down, clinging to rocks and loose dirt. I kept slipping. The wind kept trying to blow me off course. But then I finally made it to the bottom.

    The trail wasn’t very clear down here. But I saw footprints and even some tire tracks. So I followed them.

    By now, the sun had gone down, and it was twilight. I could still see, but I knew it would be dark soon.

    I felt a twinge of fear in my gut saying maybe I should turn back. But my fear often plays tricks on me. It tells me not to do things, even when they’re perfectly safe. So I tried to ignore it. I told myself to focus on the beauty around me and stop worrying.

    After a while, I came to a group of Joshua Trees clumped together, and it reminded me of a typical family portrait. It felt like they were saying, “Welcome to this side of the canyon.”

    See? There was nothing to be scared of.

    The canyon was gorgeous in the soft evening light. Looking around, I could see the contours and silhouettes of plants and the hoodoos against the canyon walls and all of the beautiful rock formations.

    I kept walking and walking, and the stars came out.

    But eventually, the fear came creeping back into my mind. My gut tugged at me like it was saying, “Hey, you sure you wanna keep going?”

    Again, I tried to ignore it but it lingered.

    STEPFANIE (field recording): Oh my gosh. I'm still walking. What the heck?

    STEPFANIE (narration): I took out my phone and opened up Google Maps. I didn’t have reception in the canyon, but I had downloaded a map of the area ahead of time. It’s a precaution I often take, when I go hiking somewhere new. I looked at the little blue dot on the map, showing me where I was. It looked like I was more than halfway back to the campsite. OK. I can do this. I kept walking.

    But then, the path began to get steep. And the opposing cliffs got closer to each other. And then they joined together like two hands intertwining their fingers. It was a dead end.

    I reached out and attempted to climb the rock, but it felt too dangerous. I didn’t know how to rock climb.

    I checked my map and compared it to Google Maps. And that’s when I realized that I wasn’t where I thought I was. And not only that — I was sort of trapped.

    As panic started to set in, I also felt myself disconnect from my body. Like a scene from a thriller movie, where I’m the audience, and I’m watching this character struggle at the bottom of this tiny canyon.

    And then, thoughts started crowding my mind: This can’t be happening. I should’ve listened to my gut. Why did I think it was okay to go on this hike alone when it was getting dark? What if there’s a creepy person following me? What if I don’t make it back to the campground tonight?

    I felt so alone.

    This hike was supposed to be short and easy. But I had already been out for two hours. And it was anything but easy.

    The fear in my gut intensified.

    WILLOW: Hey, it’s Willow. We’ll hear the rest of the story in a moment. But first — if you’ve ever faced an unexpected night in the backcountry, you probably spent some time worrying about how you were going to stay warm. So I want to tell you about our sponsor, Rumpl.

    Rumpl is on a mission to introduce the world to better blankets. Their Original Puffy Blanket is designed for adventure, and built with the same technical materials you find in your favorite outdoor gear. Rumpl blankets are durable, water and stain resistant, ultra-packable and super warm.

    They’re perfect for keeping cozy around the campfire, layering up in your tent, or - perhaps - tucking into your day pack, just in case.

    Shop their line of over 140 prints and designs at rumpl.com/outthere and use the code OUTTHERE for 10% off your first order. That’s 10% off your first order when you head to rumpl.com/outthere and use code OUTTHERE at checkout.

    And now, back to the story.

    STEPFANIE: By now, it was completely dark. And since I was at this dead end, I had no choice but to turn back. I hoped I’d be able to retrace my steps and get back the way I came.

    I dug out my headlamp, but it didn’t do much to help me orient myself. If anything, it made me more scared. Illogical fears started crowding into my brain. Like in those horror films where a monster could pop out of nowhere.

    I was starting to get paranoid.

    In the distance, I heard yelping. Maybe a pack of coyotes. A few minutes later, I heard a noise, like something scuttling in front of me. Could it be a lizard? A mouse? A snake?

    I shone my headlamp on the canyon floor, trying to see my footsteps so I could follow them back. But I couldn’t see them. It was like the sand had swallowed up any trace of where I’d come from.

    I squinted my eyes, trying to read the cliffs and search for clues. But their shapes looked too similar.

    I walked and walked, but I kept hitting dead ends. I was starting to get tired.

    I checked Google Maps for hints but it wasn’t much help.

    As I walked, I started talking. Out loud. I talked to the ground, the animals I couldn’t see, the cliffs, the moon. I asked everything around me, “Could you help me find my way? Please?”

    Of course, I wasn’t expecting any of them to actually say something. But I didn’t know what else to do. I just had to tap into my spirituality, to keep me grounded in some way.

    It helped a little. But only for a moment or two. Then the panic would set in again.

    Finally, I sat on a rock to take a break. I was so nervous I couldn’t think straight. All I knew was that I really didn’t want to spend the night in this canyon.

    And then, I happened to look up at the moon. It was full. It laid a blanket of soft light over the canyon, just barely enough to see shadows.

    As I sat there, gazing at the moon, a memory drifted into my mind. Or rather, a story my mother had told me.

    A story from her childhood.

    JENNIFER AGUILAR (montage): The moonlight. The moonlight. Moonlight. Guided by the moonlight.

    STEPFANIE: My mom grew up in the Philippines. And when she was nine years old, her mother — my grandmother — was offered a job, far away from home.

    JENNIFER: And she has to take it even if it's so far from us. Even if it means she has to be separated from us, from her kids and her husband. She needed to get the job because she has to help support the family.

    STEPFANIE: My grandmother — Lola — left with their two babies to work in the mountains while my grandfather — Lolo — stayed behind and took care of the older kids, including my mom. By the way, Lola means grandmother in Tagalog and Lolo means grandfather.

    Every few months, Lolo would travel with the kids to visit Lola and the babies. And the trip they made — it’s something my mom remembers so vividly. Because it was really hard.

    JENNIFER: We have to get up early, like 4 a.m., because we need to take the bus.

    STEPFANIE: This wasn’t a simple trip. The bus would take hours to reach the coast, where they would wait for a bangka, which was a dugout canoe.

    JENNIFER: We stay in the boat for at least four to five hours.

    STEPFANIE: At the time, my mom didn't know how to swim. There were no life vests either.

    JENNIFER: You have to keep still while you are sitting down because they will get mad at you. You might outbalance the bangka, and you might fall and capsize.

    STEPFANIE: Capsizing was a very real risk. And it was extra scary because my mom’s imagination ran wild.

    JENNIFER: I was looking for ghosts or something scary because it was so dark at night.

    STEPFANIE: After the boat ride, they had to walk for six or seven hours. Alone. Through the jungle.

    JENNIFER: It was hard for me and for my two brothers, who are still small, to walk in a very dark, dark place. We didn't even have a flashlight. Only the moonlight.

    My father is an expert of navigating even if there is no trail. I sometimes see him looking at the vegetations, the trees, the forms of the mountains, the forms of the hills.

    STEPFANIE: They walked on fallen trees, branches, and bamboo with only rubber slippers on.

    JENNIFER: We pass by the swamp, where our legs are buried. Sometimes it's knee deep, sometimes it's waist deep. So my father has to pull us out from the mud. Sometimes, my father would tell me, “Step on my footsteps, after me.” So that's what I did, because it means that, when he steps on it, it's already safe.

    STEPFANIE: So, reality check. This was in the 1960s, in the rural Philippines. My mom and Lolo were doing all this without any outdoor gear. No hiking shoes. No compass. No map.

    JENNIFER: We only packed two sets of clothes. We don't have food or snacks to pack up.

    STEPFANIE: What about water?

    JENNIFER: No.

    STEPFANIE: How did you, how did you–

    JENNIFER: We don't have bottled water before.

    STEPFANIE: How did you drink water?

    JENNIFER: We didn't, we did not until we reached the house.

    STEPFANIE: You mean it would take a whole day?

    JENNIFER: Yeah. Yeah. So…

    STEPFANIE: Did anyone cry at any point?

    JENNIFER: No. We cannot even complain.

    STEPFANIE: My mom had shared this story with me a handful of times. But until now, I had never connected with it very strongly. Her stories were like photos in a dusty old album. They felt so distant.

    But now? Lost and alone in the desert, the story felt much more relatable. The fears my mom had felt, as a 9-year-old hiking through the jungle at night? They weren’t that different than the fears I was feeling. Navigating in the dark wasn’t easy for her and Lolo either.

    As I thought about everything she had been through, my own situation started to feel less dire. I had more than enough to survive a night. I carried plenty of water and snacks. I had a jacket for extra warmth. Worst-case scenario, I’d have to sleep outside without a tent. Which is not life-threatening. It would just be uncomfortable. An inconvenience.

    At that moment, I felt a bit ashamed. Not just about me getting lost in the desert. I felt shame in my quarter-life crisis.

    Even though I was jobless, I had somewhere to go. My parents welcomed me home. I was still on their health insurance. I had my own car. Having a job was important, but I didn’t need to figure out all my career or life goals right away.

    As I sat at the bottom of the canyon in the moonlight, thinking all these things, I felt myself softening. It was still dark, and I still didn’t know how to get back to the campground. But I wasn’t so scared anymore. And my heart had calmed.

    Finally, I could think and see more clearly. And once my mind was clearer, I realized I could handle this. I had the skills to find a way out of this mess.

    I thought back to my mom’s story. Lolo was able to figure out the way without a map or a compass. He just needed to read his surroundings using the moonlight, his memory, and his own knowledge.

    I felt that if he could do it, I could somehow pull this off. And I began to trust that I was going to be alright.

    I took a deep breath, closed my eyes, and retraced my steps in my mind, scanning my memory.

    Then I remembered seeing the family portrait of Joshua Trees. If I could locate them, then I’d be able to find that one trail that first connected me to the bottom of this canyon.

    It wasn’t easy. There were so many Joshua trees. I encountered more dead ends. But I could feel that I was getting closer. That’s what my gut was telling me.

    And then finally, I found them. The family of Joshua trees. A crowded bunch in the blue shadow. From there, I found the trail and…

    STEPFANIE (field recording): I made it to the top. Wow.

    STEPFANIE (narration): I was back at the viewpoint, where I could see the nature trail.

    STEPFANIE (field recording): Okay. Now it's time to go to my campsite.

    STEPFANIE (narration): I made it back to the campground just fine. There were no animal attacks. No injuries. No need to sleep outside without a tent.

    Remembering my mom’s story had calmed me down enough that I was able to think clearly and find my way.

    But more importantly, I learned something meaningful that night in the desert. I learned how important family stories can be, when you’re trying to move through this world.

    Since that trip, I’ve turned to my mother’s stories over and over again. Stories like why we migrated to another country, stories about eating and sharing what little food was available, and how it was hard to find a job in the Philippines.

    These stories are humbling. And I’ve come to learn that they offer me solace in my own life. When we go through tough times, it’s easy to get overwhelmed. And remembering that my family members went through their own hardships and were able to navigate them, it makes everything less daunting.

    Whatever I’m facing, if I tap into their stories — their memories — I stop feeling so alone. And often, that’s all you need to find your way in the world.

    WILLOW: That was Stepfanie Aguilar. She’s an audio maker living in California. She’s also a recipient of the Whicker Awards, which support emerging documentary makers throughout the world. You can see more of her work at www.stepfaniea.com, and I have a link to that at our website as well.

    Music in this story included works from Marc Merza and Blue Dot Sessions.

    Coming up next time on Out There, Carolyn McDonald was struggling. Big time.

    CAROLYN MCDONALD: That was just one of those melt-down days. It was a melt-down morning. And I just, at my dining room table, I just like OK, ok. And I stopped, and I said, “Just go to the beach.”

    WILLOW: Tune in on May 18 for a story about rekindling hope, when the tide is at its lowest.

    One thing you can do to support Out There is leave a review on Apple Podcasts, or wherever you’re listening right now. We’re always eager for new listeners, and your recommendation is our best form of advertising. If you’ve already left us a review, thank you so much.

    Out There is a proud member of a podcast collective called Hub & Spoke.

    One of the other shows in the collective is called Print is Dead. (Long Live Print!). It’s a podcast about magazines and the people who make (or made) them. You can find Print is Dead. (Long Live Print!) wherever you get your podcasts, or at longliveprint.co.

    I’d like to give a big thank you to our presenting sponsor, PeakVisor.

    PeakVisor is an app that helps you make the most of your time in the mountains. It’s got intricate 3D maps and other features that help with trip planning and route finding. And they have a peak identification feature, to help you figure out what mountains you’re looking at, when you’re out on adventures.

    If you’d like your own personal mountain guide, check out PeakVisor in the app store. You just might love it.

    Today’s story was written and narrated by Stefpanie Aguilar. Script editing and sound design by me, Willow Belden.

    Out There’s advertising manager is Jessica Taylor. Our audience growth director is Sheeba Joseph. Our ambassadors are Tiffany Duong, Ashley White, and Stacia Bennet. And our theme music was written by Jared Arnold.

    We’ll see you in two weeks. And in the meantime, have a beautiful day, be bold, go outside, and find your dreams.

 

Credits

Story by Stepfanie Aguilar

Script editing and sound design by Willow Belden

Music includes works from Marc Merza and Blue Dot Sessions

Links

Support Out There on Patreon

 

Sponsors

 

PeakVisor

Rumpl

Use promo code “OUTTHERE” to get 10% off your first purchase at rumpl.com/outthere